* breakpoint.c: Include record.h.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
24 #include <ctype.h>
25 #include "hashtab.h"
26 #include "symtab.h"
27 #include "frame.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
30 #include "gdbtypes.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
32 #include "gdbcore.h"
33 #include "gdbcmd.h"
34 #include "value.h"
35 #include "command.h"
36 #include "inferior.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "target.h"
39 #include "language.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
41 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
43 #include "annotate.h"
44 #include "symfile.h"
45 #include "objfiles.h"
46 #include "source.h"
47 #include "linespec.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "gdb.h"
50 #include "ui-out.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
53 #include "block.h"
54 #include "solib.h"
55 #include "solist.h"
56 #include "observer.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
58 #include "memattr.h"
59 #include "ada-lang.h"
60 #include "top.h"
61 #include "wrapper.h"
62 #include "valprint.h"
63 #include "jit.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "stack.h"
69 #include "skip.h"
70 #include "record.h"
71
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
75
76 /* readline defines this. */
77 #undef savestring
78
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "python/python.h"
81
82 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
83
84 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
85
86 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
87
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
91
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
93 void *),
94 void *);
95
96 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
97
98 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
99
100 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
101
102 static void clear_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void catch_command (char *, int);
105
106 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
107
108 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
109
110 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
111
112 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
113 enum bptype,
114 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
115 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
116 const struct symtab_and_line *);
117
118 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
119 static. */
120 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
121 struct symtab_and_line,
122 enum bptype,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
124
125 static struct breakpoint *
126 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
127 enum bptype type,
128 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
129
130 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
131
132 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
133 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
134 enum bptype bptype);
135
136 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
137 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
138 struct obj_section *, int);
139
140 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
141 CORE_ADDR addr1,
142 struct address_space *aspace2,
143 CORE_ADDR addr2);
144
145 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
146 struct bp_location *loc2);
147
148 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
149 struct address_space *aspace,
150 CORE_ADDR addr);
151
152 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
153
154 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
155
156 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
157 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
158
159 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
160
161 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
162
163 static void commands_command (char *, int);
164
165 static void condition_command (char *, int);
166
167 typedef enum
168 {
169 mark_inserted,
170 mark_uninserted
171 }
172 insertion_state_t;
173
174 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
175 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
176
177 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
178
179 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
180
181 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
182
183 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
184
185 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
186
187 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
188 enum bptype type,
189 int *other_type_used);
190
191 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
192
193 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
194
195 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
196
197 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
198
199 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
200
201 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
202
203 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
204
205 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
206 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
207
208 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
209
210 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
211
212 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
213 CORE_ADDR pc);
214
215 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
216 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
217 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
218
219 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
220
221 static void update_global_location_list (int);
222
223 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
224
225 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
226
227 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
228
229 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
230
231 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
232
233 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
234
235 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
236
237 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
238
239 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
240
241 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
242
243 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
244 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
245 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
246 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
247
248 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
249 from. */
250 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
251
252 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
253 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
254 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
255 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
256
257 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
258 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
259
260 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
261 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
262
263 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
264 breakpoints. */
265 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
266
267 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
268 breakpoints share a single command list. */
269 struct counted_command_line
270 {
271 /* The reference count. */
272 int refc;
273
274 /* The command list. */
275 struct command_line *commands;
276 };
277
278 struct command_line *
279 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
280 {
281 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
282 }
283
284 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
285 current breakpoint. */
286
287 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
288
289 const char *
290 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
291 {
292 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
293 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
294 a breakpoint. */
295 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
296
297 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
298 }
299
300 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
301 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
302 if such is available. */
303 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
304
305 static void
306 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
307 struct cmd_list_element *c,
308 const char *value)
309 {
310 fprintf_filtered (file,
311 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
312 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
313 value);
314 }
315
316 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
317 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
318 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
319 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
320 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
321 static void
322 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
323 struct cmd_list_element *c,
324 const char *value)
325 {
326 fprintf_filtered (file,
327 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
328 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
329 value);
330 }
331
332 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
333 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
334 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
335 use hardware breakpoints. */
336 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
337 static void
338 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
339 struct cmd_list_element *c,
340 const char *value)
341 {
342 fprintf_filtered (file,
343 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
344 value);
345 }
346
347 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
348 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
349 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
350 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
351 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
352
353 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
354 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
355 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
356 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
357 always_inserted_auto,
358 always_inserted_off,
359 always_inserted_on,
360 NULL
361 };
362 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
363 static void
364 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
365 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
366 {
367 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
368 fprintf_filtered (file,
369 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
370 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
371 value,
372 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
373 else
374 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
375 value);
376 }
377
378 int
379 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
380 {
381 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
382 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
383 && !RECORD_IS_USED);
384 }
385
386 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
387
388 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
389 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
390
391 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
392 static int overlay_events_enabled;
393
394 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
395 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
396
397 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
399 current breakpoint. */
400
401 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
402
403 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
404 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
405 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
406 B = TMP)
407
408 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
409 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
410 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
411
412 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
413 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
414 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
415 BP_TMP++)
416
417 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
418
419 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
420 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
421 if (is_tracepoint (B))
422
423 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
424
425 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
426
427 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
428
429 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
430
431 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
432
433 static unsigned bp_location_count;
434
435 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
436 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
437 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
438 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
439 an address you need to read. */
440
441 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
442
443 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
444 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
445 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
446 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
447 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
448
449 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
450
451 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
452 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
453 by a target. */
454 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
455
456 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
457
458 static int breakpoint_count;
459
460 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
461 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
462 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
463 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
464 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
465
466 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
467
468 static int tracepoint_count;
469
470 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
471 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
472 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
473
474 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
475 static int
476 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
477 {
478 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
479 }
480
481 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
482
483 static void
484 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
485 {
486 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
487 breakpoint_count = num;
488 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
489 }
490
491 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
492 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
493 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
494
495 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
496 breakpoint made. */
497
498 void
499 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
500 {
501 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
502 }
503
504 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
505 breakpoint made. */
506
507 void
508 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
509 {
510 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
511 }
512
513 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
514
515 void
516 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
517 {
518 struct breakpoint *b;
519
520 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
521 b->hit_count = 0;
522 }
523
524 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
525 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
526
527 static struct counted_command_line *
528 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
529 {
530 struct counted_command_line *result
531 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
532
533 result->refc = 1;
534 result->commands = commands;
535 return result;
536 }
537
538 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
539
540 static void
541 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
542 {
543 if (cmd)
544 ++cmd->refc;
545 }
546
547 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
548 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
549 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
550
551 static void
552 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
553 {
554 if (*cmdp)
555 {
556 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
557 {
558 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
559 xfree (*cmdp);
560 }
561 *cmdp = NULL;
562 }
563 }
564
565 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
566
567 static void
568 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
569 {
570 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
571 }
572
573 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
574 argument. */
575
576 static struct cleanup *
577 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
578 {
579 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
580 }
581
582 \f
583 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
584 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
585
586 struct breakpoint *
587 get_breakpoint (int num)
588 {
589 struct breakpoint *b;
590
591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
592 if (b->number == num)
593 return b;
594
595 return NULL;
596 }
597
598 \f
599
600 void
601 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
602 int from_tty)
603 {
604 xfree (b->cond_string);
605 b->cond_string = NULL;
606
607 if (is_watchpoint (b))
608 {
609 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
610
611 xfree (w->cond_exp);
612 w->cond_exp = NULL;
613 }
614 else
615 {
616 struct bp_location *loc;
617
618 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
619 {
620 xfree (loc->cond);
621 loc->cond = NULL;
622 }
623 }
624
625 if (*exp == 0)
626 {
627 if (from_tty)
628 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
629 }
630 else
631 {
632 char *arg = exp;
633
634 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
635 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
636 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
637 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
638
639 if (is_watchpoint (b))
640 {
641 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
642
643 innermost_block = NULL;
644 arg = exp;
645 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
646 if (*arg)
647 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
648 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
649 }
650 else
651 {
652 struct bp_location *loc;
653
654 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
655 {
656 arg = exp;
657 loc->cond =
658 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
659 if (*arg)
660 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
661 }
662 }
663 }
664 breakpoints_changed ();
665 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
666 }
667
668 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
669
670 static void
671 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
672 {
673 struct breakpoint *b;
674 char *p;
675 int bnum;
676
677 if (arg == 0)
678 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
679
680 p = arg;
681 bnum = get_number (&p);
682 if (bnum == 0)
683 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
684
685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
686 if (b->number == bnum)
687 {
688 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
689 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
690 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
691 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
692 if (b->py_bp_object
693 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
694 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
695 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
696 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
697 return;
698 }
699
700 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
701 }
702
703 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
704 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
705 Throw if any such commands is found. */
706
707 static void
708 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
709 {
710 struct command_line *c;
711
712 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
713 {
714 int i;
715
716 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
717 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
718 "only be used for tracepoints"));
719
720 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
721 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
722
723 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
724 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
725 command directly. */
726 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
727 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
728
729 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
730 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
731 }
732 }
733
734 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
735
736 static int
737 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
738 {
739 return (type == bp_tracepoint
740 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
741 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
742 }
743
744 int
745 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
746 {
747 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
748 }
749
750 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
751 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
752 found. */
753
754 static void
755 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
756 struct command_line *commands)
757 {
758 if (is_tracepoint (b))
759 {
760 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
761 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
762 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
763 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
764 struct command_line *c;
765 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
766 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
767 {
768 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
769 {
770 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
771 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
772 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
773 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
774 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
775 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
776
777 if (while_stepping)
778 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
779 "can be used only once"));
780 else
781 while_stepping = c;
782 }
783 }
784 if (while_stepping)
785 {
786 struct command_line *c2;
787
788 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
789 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
790 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
791 {
792 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
793 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
794 }
795 }
796 }
797 else
798 {
799 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
800 }
801 }
802
803 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
804 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
805
806 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
807 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
808 {
809 struct breakpoint *b;
810 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
811 struct bp_location *loc;
812
813 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
814 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
815 {
816 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
817 if (loc->address == addr)
818 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
819 }
820
821 return found;
822 }
823
824 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
825 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
826
827 void
828 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
829 struct command_line *commands)
830 {
831 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
832
833 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
834 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
835 breakpoints_changed ();
836 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
837 }
838
839 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
840 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
841 commands. */
842
843 void
844 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
845 {
846 int old_silent = b->silent;
847
848 b->silent = silent;
849 if (old_silent != silent)
850 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
851 }
852
853 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
854 breakpoint work for any thread. */
855
856 void
857 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
858 {
859 int old_thread = b->thread;
860
861 b->thread = thread;
862 if (old_thread != thread)
863 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
864 }
865
866 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
867 breakpoint work for any task. */
868
869 void
870 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
871 {
872 int old_task = b->task;
873
874 b->task = task;
875 if (old_task != task)
876 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
877 }
878
879 void
880 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
881 {
882 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
883
884 validate_actionline (&line, b);
885 }
886
887 /* A structure used to pass information through
888 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
889
890 struct commands_info
891 {
892 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
893 int from_tty;
894
895 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
896 char *arg;
897
898 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
899 already-parsed command. */
900 struct command_line *control;
901
902 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
903 yet been read. */
904 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
905 };
906
907 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
908 commands_command. */
909
910 static void
911 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
912 {
913 struct commands_info *info = data;
914
915 if (info->cmd == NULL)
916 {
917 struct command_line *l;
918
919 if (info->control != NULL)
920 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
921 else
922 {
923 struct cleanup *old_chain;
924 char *str;
925
926 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
927 "%s, one per line."),
928 info->arg);
929
930 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
931
932 l = read_command_lines (str,
933 info->from_tty, 1,
934 (is_tracepoint (b)
935 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
936 b);
937
938 do_cleanups (old_chain);
939 }
940
941 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
942 }
943
944 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
945 do anything. */
946 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
947 {
948 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
949 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
950 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
951 b->commands = info->cmd;
952 breakpoints_changed ();
953 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
954 }
955 }
956
957 static void
958 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
959 struct command_line *control)
960 {
961 struct cleanup *cleanups;
962 struct commands_info info;
963
964 info.from_tty = from_tty;
965 info.control = control;
966 info.cmd = NULL;
967 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
968 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
969 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
970
971 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
972 {
973 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
974 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
975 breakpoint_count);
976 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
977 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
978 else
979 {
980 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
981 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
982 numbers will fail in this case. */
983 arg = NULL;
984 }
985 }
986 else
987 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
988 our argument. */
989 arg = xstrdup (arg);
990
991 if (arg != NULL)
992 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
993
994 info.arg = arg;
995
996 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
997
998 if (info.cmd == NULL)
999 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1000
1001 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1002 }
1003
1004 static void
1005 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1006 {
1007 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1008 }
1009
1010 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1011 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1012
1013 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1014 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1015 enum command_control_type
1016 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1017 {
1018 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1019 return simple_control;
1020 }
1021
1022 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1023
1024 static int
1025 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1026 {
1027 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1028 return 0;
1029 if (!bl->inserted)
1030 return 0;
1031 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1032 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1033 return 0;
1034 return 1;
1035 }
1036
1037 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1038 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1039
1040 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1041 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1042 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1043 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1044 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1045 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1046 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1047 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1048 and:
1049 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1050
1051 void
1052 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1053 {
1054 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1055 search. */
1056 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1057
1058 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1059 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1060 report higher one. */
1061
1062 bc_l = 0;
1063 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1064 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1065 {
1066 struct bp_location *bl;
1067
1068 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1069 bl = bp_location[bc];
1070
1071 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1072 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1073 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1074 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1075
1076 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1077 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1078 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1079
1080 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1081 >= bl->address)
1082 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1083 <= memaddr))
1084 bc_l = bc;
1085 else
1086 bc_r = bc;
1087 }
1088
1089 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1090 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1091 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1092 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1093 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1094 B:
1095
1096 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1097
1098 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1099 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1100 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1101 and L2. */
1102 while (bc_l > 0
1103 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1104 bc_l--;
1105
1106 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1107
1108 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1109 {
1110 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1111 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1112 int bp_size = 0;
1113 int bptoffset = 0;
1114
1115 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1116 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1117 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1118 bl->owner->number);
1119
1120 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1121 content. */
1122
1123 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1124 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1125 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1126 break;
1127
1128 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1129 continue;
1130 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1131 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1132 continue;
1133
1134 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1135 we need to copy. */
1136 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1137 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1138
1139 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1140 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1141 are reading. */
1142 continue;
1143
1144 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1145 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1146 reading. */
1147 continue;
1148
1149 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1150 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1151 {
1152 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1153 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1154 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1155 bp_addr = memaddr;
1156 }
1157
1158 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1159 {
1160 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1161 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1162 }
1163
1164 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1165 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1166 }
1167 }
1168 \f
1169
1170 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1171
1172 static int
1173 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1174 {
1175 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1176 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1177 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1178 }
1179
1180 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1181 software. */
1182
1183 int
1184 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1185 {
1186 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1187 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1188 }
1189
1190 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1191 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1192 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1193 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1194 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1195 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1196 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1197 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1198
1199 static int
1200 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1201 {
1202 return (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1203 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1204 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid)));
1205 }
1206
1207 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1208 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1209
1210 static void
1211 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1212 {
1213 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1214
1215 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1216 {
1217 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1218 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1219 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1220 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1221 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1222 }
1223 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1224 }
1225
1226 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1227 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1228 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1229 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1230 in b->loc->cond.
1231 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1232
1233 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1234 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1235 it.
1236
1237 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1238 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1239 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1240 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1241 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1242 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1243 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1244 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1245
1246 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1247 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1248 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1249 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1250 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1251 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1252 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1253 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1254 not changed.
1255
1256 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1257 hardware watchpoints:
1258
1259 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1260 called several times when GDB stops.
1261
1262 [linux]
1263 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1264 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1265 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1266 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1267 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1268 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1269 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1270 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1271 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1272 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1273 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1274
1275 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1276 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1277
1278 static void
1279 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1280 {
1281 int within_current_scope;
1282 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1283 int frame_saved;
1284
1285 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1286 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1287 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1288 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1289 return;
1290
1291 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1292 return;
1293
1294 frame_saved = 0;
1295
1296 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1297 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1298 within_current_scope = 1;
1299 else
1300 {
1301 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1302 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1303 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1304
1305 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1306 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1307 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1308 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1309 return;
1310
1311 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1312 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1313 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1314 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1315 selected frame. */
1316 frame_saved = 1;
1317 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1318
1319 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1320 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1321 if (within_current_scope)
1322 select_frame (fi);
1323 }
1324
1325 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1326 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1327 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1328 b->base.loc = NULL;
1329
1330 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1331 {
1332 char *s;
1333
1334 if (b->exp)
1335 {
1336 xfree (b->exp);
1337 b->exp = NULL;
1338 }
1339 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1340 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1341 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1342 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1343 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1344 be completely different objects. */
1345 value_free (b->val);
1346 b->val = NULL;
1347 b->val_valid = 0;
1348
1349 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1350 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1351 locations (re)created below. */
1352 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1353 {
1354 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1355 {
1356 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1357 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1358 }
1359
1360 s = b->base.cond_string;
1361 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1362 }
1363 }
1364
1365 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1366 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1367 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1368 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1369 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1370 if ( !target_has_execution)
1371 {
1372 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1373 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1374 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1375 }
1376 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1377 {
1378 int pc = 0;
1379 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1380 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1381
1382 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1383
1384 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1385 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1386 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1387 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1388 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1389 watchpoints. */
1390 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1391 {
1392 b->val = v;
1393 b->val_valid = 1;
1394 }
1395
1396 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1397
1398 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1399 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1400 {
1401 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1402 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1403 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1404 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1405 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1406 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1407 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1408 {
1409 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1410
1411 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1412 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1413 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1414 if (v == result
1415 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1416 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1417 {
1418 CORE_ADDR addr;
1419 int len, type;
1420 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1421
1422 addr = value_address (v);
1423 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1424 type = hw_write;
1425 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1426 type = hw_read;
1427 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1428 type = hw_access;
1429
1430 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1431 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1432 ;
1433 *tmp = loc;
1434 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1435
1436 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1437 loc->address = addr;
1438 loc->length = len;
1439 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1440 }
1441 }
1442 }
1443
1444 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1445 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1446 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1447 is started. */
1448 if (reparse)
1449 {
1450 int reg_cnt;
1451 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1452 struct bp_location *bl;
1453
1454 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1455
1456 if (reg_cnt)
1457 {
1458 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1459 enum bptype type;
1460
1461 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1462 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1463 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1464
1465 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1466 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1467 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1468 this watchpoint in as well. */
1469
1470 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1471 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1472 hardware watchpoint type. */
1473 type = b->base.type;
1474 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1475 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1476
1477 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1478 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1479 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1480 through watch_command), so always account for it
1481 manually. */
1482
1483 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1484 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1485
1486 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1487 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1488
1489 target_resources_ok
1490 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1491 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1492 {
1493 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1494
1495 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1496 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1497 "hardware watchpoint."));
1498 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1499 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1500 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1501
1502 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1503 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1504 }
1505 else
1506 {
1507 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1508 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1509 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1510 nop. */
1511 b->base.type = type;
1512 }
1513 }
1514 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1515 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1516 "read/access watchpoint."));
1517 else
1518 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1519
1520 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1521 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1522 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1523 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1524 }
1525
1526 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1527 {
1528 next = value_next (v);
1529 if (v != b->val)
1530 value_free (v);
1531 }
1532
1533 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1534 above left it without any location set up. But,
1535 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1536 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1537 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1538 {
1539 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1540 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1541 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1542 base->loc->address = -1;
1543 base->loc->length = -1;
1544 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1545 }
1546 }
1547 else if (!within_current_scope)
1548 {
1549 printf_filtered (_("\
1550 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1551 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1552 b->base.number);
1553 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1554 }
1555
1556 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1557 if (frame_saved)
1558 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1559 }
1560
1561
1562 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1563 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1564 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1565 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1566 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1567 static int
1568 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1569 {
1570 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1571 return 0;
1572
1573 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1574 return 0;
1575
1576 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1577 return 0;
1578
1579 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1580 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1581 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1582 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1583 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1584 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1585 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1586 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1587 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1588 return 0;
1589
1590 return 1;
1591 }
1592
1593 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1594 that the location is not duplicated. */
1595
1596 static int
1597 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1598 {
1599 int result;
1600 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1601
1602 bl->duplicate = 0;
1603 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1604 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1605 return result;
1606 }
1607
1608 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1609 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1610 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1611 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
1612 -1 for failure.
1613
1614 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1615 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1616 static int
1617 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
1618 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1619 int *disabled_breaks,
1620 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1621 {
1622 int val = 0;
1623
1624 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1625 return 0;
1626
1627 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1628 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
1629 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
1630 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
1631 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
1632
1633 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1634 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1635 {
1636 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1637 {
1638 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1639 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1640 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1641
1642 Two important cases are:
1643 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1644 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1645 hardware breakpoint.
1646 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1647 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1648 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1649 so we undo.
1650
1651 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1652 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1653 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1654 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1655 gdb. */
1656 struct mem_region *mr
1657 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
1658
1659 if (mr)
1660 {
1661 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1662 {
1663 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1664
1665 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1666 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1667 else
1668 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1669
1670 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
1671 {
1672 static int said = 0;
1673
1674 bl->loc_type = new_type;
1675 if (!said)
1676 {
1677 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
1678 _("Note: automatically using "
1679 "hardware breakpoints for "
1680 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1681 said = 1;
1682 }
1683 }
1684 }
1685 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1686 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1687 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1688 "at readonly address %s"),
1689 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
1690 }
1691 }
1692
1693 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1694 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1695 || bl->section == NULL
1696 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
1697 {
1698 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1699
1700 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1701 }
1702 else
1703 {
1704 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1705 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1706 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1707 {
1708 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1709 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1710 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1711 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1712 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1713 bl->owner->number);
1714 else
1715 {
1716 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
1717 bl->section);
1718 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1719 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
1720 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1721 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
1722 &bl->overlay_target_info);
1723 if (val != 0)
1724 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1725 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1726 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1727 bl->owner->number);
1728 }
1729 }
1730 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1731 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
1732 {
1733 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1734 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1735 }
1736 else
1737 {
1738 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1739 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1740 return 0;
1741 }
1742 }
1743
1744 if (val)
1745 {
1746 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1747 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
1748 {
1749 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1750 val = 0;
1751 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
1752 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
1753 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1754 {
1755 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1756 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1757 bl->owner->number);
1758 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1759 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1760 "library breakpoints:\n");
1761 }
1762 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1763 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1764 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
1765 }
1766 else
1767 {
1768 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1769 {
1770 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1771 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1772 "Cannot insert hardware "
1773 "breakpoint %d.\n",
1774 bl->owner->number);
1775 }
1776 else
1777 {
1778 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1779 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1780 bl->owner->number);
1781 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1782 "Error accessing memory address ");
1783 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
1784 tmp_error_stream);
1785 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1786 safe_strerror (val));
1787 }
1788
1789 }
1790 }
1791 else
1792 bl->inserted = 1;
1793
1794 return val;
1795 }
1796
1797 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1798 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1799 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1800 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1801 {
1802 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1803 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1804
1805 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1806
1807 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1808 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1809 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
1810 {
1811 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1812
1813 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1814 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1815 of this one. */
1816 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1817 if (loc != bl
1818 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
1819 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
1820 {
1821 bl->duplicate = 1;
1822 bl->inserted = 1;
1823 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
1824 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1825 val = 0;
1826 break;
1827 }
1828
1829 if (val == 1)
1830 {
1831 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
1832 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1833
1834 if (val)
1835 /* Back to the original value. */
1836 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
1837 }
1838 }
1839
1840 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1841 }
1842
1843 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1844 {
1845 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
1846 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
1847
1848 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
1849 if (val)
1850 {
1851 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1852
1853 if (val == 1)
1854 warning (_("\
1855 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1856 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
1857 else
1858 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
1859 }
1860
1861 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
1862
1863 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1864 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1865 so just return success. */
1866 return 0;
1867 }
1868
1869 return 0;
1870 }
1871
1872 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1873 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1874 PSPACE anymore. */
1875
1876 void
1877 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
1878 {
1879 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
1880 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
1881
1882 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1883 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
1884 {
1885 if (b->pspace == pspace)
1886 delete_breakpoint (b);
1887 }
1888
1889 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1890 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
1892 {
1893 struct bp_location *tmp;
1894
1895 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
1896 {
1897 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1898 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
1899 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
1900 else
1901 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
1902 if (tmp->next == loc)
1903 {
1904 tmp->next = loc->next;
1905 break;
1906 }
1907 }
1908 }
1909
1910 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1911 removed locations above. */
1912 update_global_location_list (0);
1913 }
1914
1915 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1916 Throws exception on any error.
1917 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1918 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1919 void
1920 insert_breakpoints (void)
1921 {
1922 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1923
1924 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1925 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1926 {
1927 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
1928
1929 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1930 }
1931
1932 update_global_location_list (1);
1933
1934 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1935 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1936 now. */
1937 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1938 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1939 }
1940
1941 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
1942
1943 static void
1944 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1945 {
1946 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1947 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
1948 int error = 0;
1949 int val = 0;
1950 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1951 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1952
1953 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1954 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1955
1956 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1957 there was an error. */
1958 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1959
1960 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1961
1962 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
1963 {
1964 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
1965 continue;
1966
1967 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1968 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1969 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1970 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
1971 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
1972 continue;
1973
1974 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
1975
1976 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1977 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1978 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1979 insert breakpoints. */
1980 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
1981 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
1982 continue;
1983
1984 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
1985 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1986 if (val)
1987 error = val;
1988 }
1989
1990 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1991 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1992 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1993 {
1994 int some_failed = 0;
1995 struct bp_location *loc;
1996
1997 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1998 continue;
1999
2000 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2001 continue;
2002
2003 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2004 continue;
2005
2006 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2007 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2008 {
2009 some_failed = 1;
2010 break;
2011 }
2012 if (some_failed)
2013 {
2014 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2015 if (loc->inserted)
2016 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2017
2018 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2019 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2020 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2021 bpt->number);
2022 error = -1;
2023 }
2024 }
2025
2026 if (error)
2027 {
2028 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2029 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2030 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2031 {
2032 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2033 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2034 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2035 }
2036 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2037 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2038 }
2039
2040 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2041 }
2042
2043 /* Used when the program stops.
2044 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2045 removing a breakpoint location. */
2046
2047 int
2048 remove_breakpoints (void)
2049 {
2050 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2051 int val = 0;
2052
2053 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2054 {
2055 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2056 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2057 }
2058 return val;
2059 }
2060
2061 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2062
2063 int
2064 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2065 {
2066 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2067 int val;
2068 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2069
2070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2071 {
2072 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2073 continue;
2074
2075 if (bl->inserted)
2076 {
2077 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2078 if (val != 0)
2079 return val;
2080 }
2081 }
2082 return 0;
2083 }
2084
2085 int
2086 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2087 {
2088 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2089 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2090 int val;
2091 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2092 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2093 struct inferior *inf;
2094 struct thread_info *tp;
2095
2096 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2097 if (tp == NULL)
2098 return 1;
2099
2100 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2101 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2102
2103 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2104
2105 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2106 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2107
2108 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2109 {
2110 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2111 continue;
2112
2113 if (bl->inserted)
2114 {
2115 bl->inserted = 0;
2116 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2117 if (val != 0)
2118 {
2119 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2120 return val;
2121 }
2122 }
2123 }
2124 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2125 return 0;
2126 }
2127
2128 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2129
2130 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2131 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2132 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2133 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2134 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2135 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2136 static void
2137 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2138 {
2139 if (internal)
2140 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2141 else
2142 {
2143 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2144 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2145 }
2146 }
2147
2148 static struct breakpoint *
2149 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2150 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2151 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2152 {
2153 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2154 struct breakpoint *b;
2155
2156 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2157
2158 sal.pc = address;
2159 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2160 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2161
2162 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2163 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2164 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2165
2166 return b;
2167 }
2168
2169 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2170 {
2171 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2172 };
2173 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2174
2175 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2176 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2177 {
2178 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2179 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2180
2181 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2182 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2183
2184 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2185 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2186
2187 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2188 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2189 };
2190
2191 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2192
2193 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2194 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2195
2196 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2197
2198 static int
2199 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2200 {
2201 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2202 }
2203
2204 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2205 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2206
2207 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2208 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2209 {
2210 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2211
2212 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2213 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2214 {
2215 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2216 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2217
2218 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2219 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2220 }
2221 return bp_objfile_data;
2222 }
2223
2224 static void
2225 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2226 {
2227 struct objfile *objfile;
2228 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2229
2230 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2231 {
2232 struct breakpoint *b;
2233 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2234 CORE_ADDR addr;
2235
2236 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2237
2238 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2239 continue;
2240
2241 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2242 {
2243 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2244
2245 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2246 if (m == NULL)
2247 {
2248 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2249 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2250 continue;
2251 }
2252 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2253 }
2254
2255 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2256 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2257 bp_overlay_event,
2258 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2259 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2260
2261 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2262 {
2263 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2264 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2265 }
2266 else
2267 {
2268 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2269 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2270 }
2271 }
2272 update_global_location_list (1);
2273 }
2274
2275 static void
2276 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2277 {
2278 struct program_space *pspace;
2279 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2280
2281 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2282
2283 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2284 {
2285 struct objfile *objfile;
2286
2287 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2288
2289 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2290 {
2291 int i;
2292 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2293 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2294
2295 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2296 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2297 continue;
2298
2299 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2300
2301 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2302 {
2303 struct breakpoint *b;
2304 const char *func_name;
2305 CORE_ADDR addr;
2306
2307 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2308 continue;
2309
2310 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2311 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2312 {
2313 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2314
2315 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2316 if (m == NULL)
2317 {
2318 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2319 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2320 continue;
2321 }
2322 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2323 }
2324
2325 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2326 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2327 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2328 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2329 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2330 }
2331 }
2332 }
2333 update_global_location_list (1);
2334
2335 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2336 }
2337
2338 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2339 static void
2340 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2341 {
2342 struct program_space *pspace;
2343 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2344 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2345
2346 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2347
2348 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2349 {
2350 struct objfile *objfile;
2351 CORE_ADDR addr;
2352
2353 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2354
2355 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2356 {
2357 struct breakpoint *b;
2358 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2359
2360 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2361
2362 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2363 continue;
2364
2365 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2366 {
2367 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2368
2369 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2370 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2371 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2372 {
2373 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2374 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2375 continue;
2376 }
2377 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2378 }
2379
2380 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2381 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2382 bp_std_terminate_master,
2383 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2384 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2385 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2386 }
2387 }
2388
2389 update_global_location_list (1);
2390
2391 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2392 }
2393
2394 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2395
2396 void
2397 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2398 {
2399 struct objfile *objfile;
2400 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2401
2402 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2403 {
2404 struct breakpoint *b;
2405 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2406 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2407 CORE_ADDR addr;
2408
2409 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2410
2411 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2412 continue;
2413
2414 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2415
2416 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2417 {
2418 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2419
2420 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2421 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2422 {
2423 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2424 continue;
2425 }
2426
2427 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2428 }
2429
2430 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2431 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2432 &current_target);
2433 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2434 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2435 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2436 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2437 }
2438
2439 update_global_location_list (1);
2440 }
2441
2442 void
2443 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2444 {
2445 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2446 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2447
2448 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2449 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2450 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2451 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2452 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2453 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2454 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2455 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2456 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2457 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2458 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2459
2460 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2461 {
2462 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2463 continue;
2464
2465 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2466 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2467 {
2468 delete_breakpoint (b);
2469 continue;
2470 }
2471
2472 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2473 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
2474 {
2475 delete_breakpoint (b);
2476 continue;
2477 }
2478
2479 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2480 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2481 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
2482 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
2483 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
2484 {
2485 delete_breakpoint (b);
2486 continue;
2487 }
2488
2489 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2490 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
2491 {
2492 delete_breakpoint (b);
2493 continue;
2494 }
2495
2496 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2497 after an exec. */
2498 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
2499 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
2500 {
2501 delete_breakpoint (b);
2502 continue;
2503 }
2504
2505 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2506 {
2507 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2508 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2509 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2510 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2511 continue;
2512 }
2513
2514 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2515 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2516 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2517 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2518 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2519 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2520
2521 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2522 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2523 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2524 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2525 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2526 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2527 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2528
2529 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
2530 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2531 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2532 let finish_command delete it.
2533
2534 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2535 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2536 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2537 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2538 solib breakpoints.) */
2539
2540 if (b->type == bp_finish)
2541 {
2542 continue;
2543 }
2544
2545 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2546 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2547 a.out. */
2548 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
2549 {
2550 delete_breakpoint (b);
2551 continue;
2552 }
2553 }
2554 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2555 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2556 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2557 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2558 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2559 }
2560
2561 int
2562 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
2563 {
2564 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2565 int val = 0;
2566 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2567 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
2568
2569 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2570 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2571
2572 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2573 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
2574 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2575 {
2576 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2577 continue;
2578
2579 if (bl->inserted)
2580 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
2581 }
2582
2583 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2584 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2585
2586 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2587 return val;
2588 }
2589
2590 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2591 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2592 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2593 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2594 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2595
2596 static int
2597 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2598 {
2599 int val;
2600
2601 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2602 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2603
2604 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2605 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2606 return 0;
2607
2608 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2609 This should not ever happen. */
2610 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2611
2612 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2613 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2614 {
2615 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2616 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2617 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2618
2619 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2620 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2621 || bl->section == NULL
2622 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2623 {
2624 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2625 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2626 }
2627 else
2628 {
2629 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2630 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2631 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2632 {
2633 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2634 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2635 */
2636 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2637 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2638 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2639 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2640 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2641 else
2642 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2643 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2644 }
2645 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2646 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2647 if (bl->inserted)
2648 {
2649 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2650 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2651 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2652 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2653
2654 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2655 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2656 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2657 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
2658 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2659 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2660 else
2661 val = 0;
2662 }
2663 else
2664 {
2665 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2666 val = 0;
2667 }
2668 }
2669
2670 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2671 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2672 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2673 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2674 val = 0;
2675
2676 if (val)
2677 return val;
2678 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2679 }
2680 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2681 {
2682 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2683 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2684
2685 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2686 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2687
2688 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2689 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
2690 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2691 bl->owner->number);
2692 }
2693 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
2694 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2695 && !bl->duplicate)
2696 {
2697 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2698 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
2699
2700 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
2701 if (val)
2702 return val;
2703
2704 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
2705 }
2706
2707 return 0;
2708 }
2709
2710 static int
2711 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
2712 {
2713 int ret;
2714 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2715
2716 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2717 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
2718
2719 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2720 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2721 return 0;
2722
2723 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2724 This should not ever happen. */
2725 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
2726
2727 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
2728
2729 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2730
2731 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
2732
2733 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2734 return ret;
2735 }
2736
2737 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2738
2739 void
2740 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2741 {
2742 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2743
2744 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2745 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
2746 bl->inserted = 0;
2747 }
2748
2749 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2750 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2751
2752 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2753 between runs.
2754
2755 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2756 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2757 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2758
2759
2760
2761 void
2762 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
2763 {
2764 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2765 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2766 int ix;
2767 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
2768
2769 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2770 nothing to do. */
2771 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
2772 return;
2773
2774 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2775 {
2776 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2777 if (bl->pspace == pspace
2778 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2779 bl->inserted = 0;
2780 }
2781
2782 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2783 {
2784 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
2785 continue;
2786
2787 switch (b->type)
2788 {
2789 case bp_call_dummy:
2790
2791 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2792 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2793 rid of it. */
2794
2795 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2796
2797 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2798
2799 case bp_shlib_event:
2800
2801 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2802 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2803 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2804 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2805 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2806
2807 (gdb) file prog-linux
2808 (gdb) run # native linux target
2809 ...
2810 (gdb) kill
2811 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2812 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2813 */
2814
2815 delete_breakpoint (b);
2816 break;
2817
2818 case bp_watchpoint:
2819 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2820 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2821 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2822 {
2823 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
2824
2825 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2826 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
2827 delete_breakpoint (b);
2828 else if (context == inf_starting)
2829 {
2830 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2831 insert_breakpoints. */
2832 if (w->val)
2833 value_free (w->val);
2834 w->val = NULL;
2835 w->val_valid = 0;
2836 }
2837 }
2838 break;
2839 default:
2840 break;
2841 }
2842 }
2843
2844 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2845 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
2846 decref_bp_location (&bl);
2847 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
2848 }
2849
2850 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2851 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2852 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2853 match, not program space. */
2854
2855 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2856 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2857 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2858 permanent breakpoint.
2859 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2860 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2861 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
2862 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2863 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2864
2865 enum breakpoint_here
2866 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2867 {
2868 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2869 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
2870
2871 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2872 {
2873 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2874 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2875 continue;
2876
2877 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2878 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
2879 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2880 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2881 {
2882 if (overlay_debugging
2883 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2884 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2885 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2886 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
2887 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
2888 else
2889 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
2890 }
2891 }
2892
2893 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
2894 }
2895
2896 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2897
2898 int
2899 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2900 {
2901 struct bp_location *loc;
2902 int ix;
2903
2904 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
2905 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
2906 return 1;
2907
2908 return 0;
2909 }
2910
2911 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2912 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2913 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2914 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2915
2916 int
2917 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2918 CORE_ADDR pc)
2919 {
2920 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2921
2922 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2923 {
2924 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2925 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2926 continue;
2927
2928 if (bl->inserted
2929 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
2930 {
2931 if (overlay_debugging
2932 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2933 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2934 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2935 else
2936 return 1;
2937 }
2938 }
2939 return 0;
2940 }
2941
2942 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2943 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2944
2945 int
2946 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
2947 {
2948 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2949 return 1;
2950
2951 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2952 return 1;
2953
2954 return 0;
2955 }
2956
2957 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2958 inserted at PC. */
2959
2960 int
2961 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
2962 CORE_ADDR pc)
2963 {
2964 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2965
2966 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2967 {
2968 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
2969 continue;
2970
2971 if (bl->inserted
2972 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
2973 aspace, pc))
2974 {
2975 if (overlay_debugging
2976 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2977 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2978 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2979 else
2980 return 1;
2981 }
2982 }
2983
2984 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2985 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
2986 return 1;
2987
2988 return 0;
2989 }
2990
2991 int
2992 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
2993 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
2994 {
2995 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2996
2997 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2998 {
2999 struct bp_location *loc;
3000
3001 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3002 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3003 continue;
3004
3005 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3006 continue;
3007
3008 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3009 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3010 {
3011 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3012
3013 /* Check for intersection. */
3014 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3015 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3016 if (l < h)
3017 return 1;
3018 }
3019 }
3020 return 0;
3021 }
3022
3023 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3024 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3025
3026 int
3027 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3028 ptid_t ptid)
3029 {
3030 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3031 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3032 int thread = -1;
3033 int task = 0;
3034
3035 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3036 {
3037 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3038 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3039 continue;
3040
3041 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3042 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3043 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3044 continue;
3045
3046 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3047 continue;
3048
3049 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3050 {
3051 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3052 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3053 it is now time to do so. */
3054 if (thread == -1)
3055 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3056 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3057 continue;
3058 }
3059
3060 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3061 {
3062 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3063 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3064 it is now time to do so. */
3065 if (task == 0)
3066 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3067 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3068 continue;
3069 }
3070
3071 if (overlay_debugging
3072 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3073 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3074 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3075
3076 return 1;
3077 }
3078
3079 return 0;
3080 }
3081 \f
3082
3083 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3084 in breakpoint.h. */
3085
3086 int
3087 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3088 {
3089 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3090 }
3091
3092 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3093 'next' chain. */
3094
3095 static void
3096 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3097 {
3098 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3099 value_free (bs->old_val);
3100 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3101 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3102 xfree (bs);
3103 }
3104
3105 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3106 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3107
3108 void
3109 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3110 {
3111 bpstat p;
3112 bpstat q;
3113
3114 if (bsp == 0)
3115 return;
3116 p = *bsp;
3117 while (p != NULL)
3118 {
3119 q = p->next;
3120 bpstat_free (p);
3121 p = q;
3122 }
3123 *bsp = NULL;
3124 }
3125
3126 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3127 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3128
3129 bpstat
3130 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3131 {
3132 bpstat p = NULL;
3133 bpstat tmp;
3134 bpstat retval = NULL;
3135
3136 if (bs == NULL)
3137 return bs;
3138
3139 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3140 {
3141 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3142 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3143 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3144 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3145 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3146 {
3147 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3148 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3149 }
3150
3151 if (p == NULL)
3152 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3153 retval = tmp;
3154 else
3155 p->next = tmp;
3156 p = tmp;
3157 }
3158 p->next = NULL;
3159 return retval;
3160 }
3161
3162 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3163
3164 bpstat
3165 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3166 {
3167 if (bsp == NULL)
3168 return NULL;
3169
3170 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3171 {
3172 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3173 return bsp;
3174 }
3175 return NULL;
3176 }
3177
3178 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3179 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3180 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3181 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3182
3183 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3184 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3185 we set it.
3186 Return 1 otherwise. */
3187
3188 int
3189 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3190 {
3191 struct breakpoint *b;
3192
3193 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3194 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3195
3196 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3197 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3198 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3199 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3200 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3201 if (b == NULL)
3202 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3203
3204 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3205 return 1;
3206 }
3207
3208 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3209
3210 void
3211 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3212 {
3213 struct thread_info *tp;
3214 bpstat bs;
3215
3216 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3217 return;
3218
3219 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3220 if (tp == NULL)
3221 return;
3222
3223 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3224 {
3225 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3226
3227 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3228 {
3229 value_free (bs->old_val);
3230 bs->old_val = NULL;
3231 }
3232 }
3233 }
3234
3235 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3236
3237 static void
3238 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3239 {
3240 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3241 {
3242 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3243
3244 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3245 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3246 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3247 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3248 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3249 return;
3250 }
3251
3252 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3253 }
3254
3255 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3256 command. */
3257 static void
3258 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3259 {
3260 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3261 }
3262
3263 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3264 or its equivalent. */
3265
3266 static int
3267 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3268 {
3269 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3270 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3271 }
3272
3273 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3274 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3275 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3276 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3277
3278 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3279 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3280 bpstat of the current thread. */
3281
3282 static int
3283 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3284 {
3285 bpstat bs;
3286 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3287 int again = 0;
3288
3289 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3290 in bs->commands. */
3291 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3292 return 0;
3293
3294 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3295 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3296
3297 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3298
3299 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3300 bs = *bsp;
3301
3302 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3303 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3304 {
3305 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3306 struct command_line *cmd;
3307 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3308
3309 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3310
3311 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3312 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3313 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3314 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3315 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3316 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3317 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3318 the tree when we're done. */
3319 ccmd = bs->commands;
3320 bs->commands = NULL;
3321 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3322 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3323 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3324 {
3325 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3326 cmd = cmd->next;
3327 }
3328
3329 while (cmd != NULL)
3330 {
3331 execute_control_command (cmd);
3332
3333 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3334 break;
3335 else
3336 cmd = cmd->next;
3337 }
3338
3339 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3340 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3341
3342 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3343 {
3344 if (target_can_async_p ())
3345 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3346 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3347 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3348 ;
3349 else
3350 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3351 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3352 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3353 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3354 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3355 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3356 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3357 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3358 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3359 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3360 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3361 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3362 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3363 again = 1;
3364 break;
3365 }
3366 }
3367 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3368 return again;
3369 }
3370
3371 void
3372 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3373 {
3374 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3375
3376 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3377 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3378 && target_has_execution
3379 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3380 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3381 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3382 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3383 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3384 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3385 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3386 break;
3387
3388 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3389 }
3390
3391 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3392
3393 static void
3394 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3395 {
3396 if (val == NULL)
3397 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3398 else
3399 {
3400 struct value_print_options opts;
3401 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3402 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3403 }
3404 }
3405
3406 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3407 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3408 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3409 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3410 normal_stop(). */
3411
3412 static enum print_stop_action
3413 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3414 {
3415 switch (bs->print_it)
3416 {
3417 case print_it_noop:
3418 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3419 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3420 break;
3421
3422 case print_it_done:
3423 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3424 relevant messages. */
3425 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3426 break;
3427
3428 case print_it_normal:
3429 {
3430 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3431
3432 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3433 which has since been deleted. */
3434 if (b == NULL)
3435 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3436
3437 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3438 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3439 }
3440 break;
3441
3442 default:
3443 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3444 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3445 break;
3446 }
3447 }
3448
3449 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3450 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3451 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
3452 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
3453 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3454 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3455 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3456 routine is one of:
3457
3458 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3459 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3460 code to print the location. An example is
3461 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3462 the location.
3463 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3464 to also print the location part of the message.
3465 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3466 don't require a location appended to the end.
3467 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3468 further info to be printed. */
3469
3470 enum print_stop_action
3471 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
3472 {
3473 int val;
3474
3475 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3476 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3477 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3478 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3479 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
3480 {
3481 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
3482 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3483 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3484 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
3485 return val;
3486 }
3487
3488 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
3489 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
3490 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
3491 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
3492 {
3493 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
3495 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
3496 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
3497 return PRINT_NOTHING;
3498 }
3499
3500 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3501 with and nothing was printed. */
3502 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3503 }
3504
3505 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3506 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3507 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3508 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3509
3510 static int
3511 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
3512 {
3513 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3514 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
3515
3516 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3517 return i;
3518 }
3519
3520 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3521
3522 static bpstat
3523 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
3524 {
3525 bpstat bs;
3526
3527 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
3528 bs->next = NULL;
3529 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
3530 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
3531 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
3532 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
3533 incref_bp_location (bl);
3534 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3535 bs->commands = NULL;
3536 bs->old_val = NULL;
3537 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
3538 return bs;
3539 }
3540 \f
3541 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3542 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3543
3544 int
3545 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
3546 {
3547 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3548 CORE_ADDR addr;
3549 struct breakpoint *b;
3550
3551 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
3552 {
3553 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3554 as not triggered. */
3555 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3556 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3557 {
3558 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3559
3560 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3561 }
3562
3563 return 0;
3564 }
3565
3566 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
3567 {
3568 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3569 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3571 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3572 {
3573 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3574
3575 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
3576 }
3577
3578 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
3579 }
3580
3581 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3582 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3583 triggered. */
3584
3585 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3586 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
3587 {
3588 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3589 struct bp_location *loc;
3590
3591 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
3592 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3593 {
3594 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
3595 {
3596 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
3597 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
3598
3599 if (newaddr == start)
3600 {
3601 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3602 break;
3603 }
3604 }
3605 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3606 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
3607 addr, loc->address,
3608 loc->length))
3609 {
3610 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3611 break;
3612 }
3613 }
3614 }
3615
3616 return 1;
3617 }
3618
3619 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3620 because of check_errors). */
3621 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3622 #define WP_DELETED 1
3623 /* The value has changed. */
3624 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3625 /* The value has not changed. */
3626 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3627 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3628 #define WP_IGNORE 4
3629
3630 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3631 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3632
3633 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3634 changed.
3635
3636 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3637 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3638
3639 static int
3640 watchpoint_check (void *p)
3641 {
3642 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
3643 struct watchpoint *b;
3644 struct frame_info *fr;
3645 int within_current_scope;
3646
3647 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3648 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
3649 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3650
3651 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3652 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3653 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3654 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
3655 return WP_IGNORE;
3656
3657 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
3658 within_current_scope = 1;
3659 else
3660 {
3661 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
3662 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
3663 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
3664
3665 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3666 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3667 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3668 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3669 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3670 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3671 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3672 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3673 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3674 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
3675 return WP_IGNORE;
3676
3677 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
3678 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
3679
3680 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3681 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3682 if (within_current_scope)
3683 {
3684 struct symbol *function;
3685
3686 function = get_frame_function (fr);
3687 if (function == NULL
3688 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
3689 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
3690 within_current_scope = 0;
3691 }
3692
3693 if (within_current_scope)
3694 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3695 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3696 the user. */
3697 select_frame (fr);
3698 }
3699
3700 if (within_current_scope)
3701 {
3702 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3703 time before we return to the command level and call
3704 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3705 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3706
3707 int pc = 0;
3708 struct value *mark;
3709 struct value *new_val;
3710
3711 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
3712 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3713 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3714 a mask watchpoint. */
3715 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3716
3717 mark = value_mark ();
3718 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
3719
3720 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3721 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3722 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3723 not what we want. */
3724 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
3725 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
3726 {
3727 if (new_val != NULL)
3728 {
3729 release_value (new_val);
3730 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3731 }
3732 bs->old_val = b->val;
3733 b->val = new_val;
3734 b->val_valid = 1;
3735 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
3736 }
3737 else
3738 {
3739 /* Nothing changed. */
3740 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3741 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
3742 }
3743 }
3744 else
3745 {
3746 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
3747
3748 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3749 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3750 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3751 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3752 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3753 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3754 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3755 the first value assigned). */
3756 /* We print all the stop information in
3757 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
3758 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
3759 already. So we have no choice but print the information
3760 here. */
3761 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3762 ui_out_field_string
3763 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
3764 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
3765 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
3766 ui_out_text (uiout,
3767 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3768 which its expression is valid.\n");
3769
3770 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3771 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
3772 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3773
3774 return WP_DELETED;
3775 }
3776 }
3777
3778 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3779 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
3780 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3781
3782 static int
3783 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
3784 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
3785 {
3786 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
3787
3788 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
3789 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3790
3791 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr);
3792 }
3793
3794 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
3795 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
3796
3797 static void
3798 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
3799 {
3800 const struct bp_location *bl;
3801 struct watchpoint *b;
3802
3803 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3804 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3805 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3806 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
3807 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3808
3809 {
3810 int must_check_value = 0;
3811
3812 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3813 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3814 watched value. */
3815 must_check_value = 1;
3816 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
3817 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3818 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3819 this watchpoint. */
3820 must_check_value = 1;
3821 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
3822 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
3823 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3824 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3825 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3826 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3827 must_check_value = 1;
3828
3829 if (must_check_value)
3830 {
3831 char *message
3832 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3833 b->base.number);
3834 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
3835 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
3836 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3837 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3838 switch (e)
3839 {
3840 case WP_DELETED:
3841 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3842 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3843 /* Stop. */
3844 break;
3845 case WP_IGNORE:
3846 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3847 bs->stop = 0;
3848 break;
3849 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
3850 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
3851 {
3852 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3853
3854 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3855 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3856 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
3857 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
3858 have changed since the last time it was read, and
3859 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
3860 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
3861 old value.
3862
3863 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
3864 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
3865 happen:
3866
3867 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
3868 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
3869 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
3870 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
3871
3872 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
3873 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
3874 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
3875 watchpoint.
3876
3877 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
3878 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
3879 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
3880 changes. This still gives false positives when
3881 the program writes the same value to memory as
3882 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
3883 it for a read), but it's much better than
3884 nothing. */
3885
3886 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
3887
3888 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
3889 {
3890 struct breakpoint *other_b;
3891
3892 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
3893 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3894 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
3895 {
3896 struct watchpoint *other_w =
3897 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
3898
3899 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
3900 == watch_triggered_yes)
3901 {
3902 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
3903 break;
3904 }
3905 }
3906 }
3907
3908 if (other_write_watchpoint
3909 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
3910 {
3911 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
3912 and the value changed since the last time we
3913 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
3914 Ignore it. */
3915 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3916 bs->stop = 0;
3917 }
3918 }
3919 break;
3920 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
3921 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3922 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
3923 {
3924 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3925 the value hasn't changed. */
3926 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3927 bs->stop = 0;
3928 }
3929 /* Stop. */
3930 break;
3931 default:
3932 /* Can't happen. */
3933 case 0:
3934 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3935 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
3936 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
3937 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3938 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
3939 break;
3940 }
3941 }
3942 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3943 {
3944 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3945 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3946 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3947 anything for this watchpoint. */
3948 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3949 bs->stop = 0;
3950 }
3951 }
3952 }
3953
3954
3955 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3956 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3957 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3958
3959 static void
3960 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
3961 {
3962 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3963 const struct bp_location *bl;
3964 struct breakpoint *b;
3965
3966 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3967 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
3968 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
3969 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3970 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
3971
3972 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
3973 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3974 bs->stop = 0;
3975 else if (bs->stop)
3976 {
3977 int value_is_zero = 0;
3978 struct expression *cond;
3979
3980 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
3981 method implemented. */
3982 if (b->py_bp_object)
3983 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
3984
3985 if (is_watchpoint (b))
3986 {
3987 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3988
3989 cond = w->cond_exp;
3990 }
3991 else
3992 cond = bl->cond;
3993
3994 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
3995 {
3996 int within_current_scope = 1;
3997 struct watchpoint * w;
3998
3999 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4000 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4001 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4002 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4003 function call. */
4004 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4005
4006 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4007 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4008 else
4009 w = NULL;
4010
4011 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4012 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4013 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4014 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4015 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4016 call site. */
4017 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4018 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4019 else
4020 {
4021 struct frame_info *frame;
4022
4023 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4024 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4025 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4026 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4027 really matter which instantiation of the function
4028 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4029 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4030 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4031 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4032 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4033 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4034 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4035 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4036 intuitive. */
4037 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4038 if (frame != NULL)
4039 select_frame (frame);
4040 else
4041 within_current_scope = 0;
4042 }
4043 if (within_current_scope)
4044 value_is_zero
4045 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4046 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4047 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4048 else
4049 {
4050 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4051 "in the current scope"));
4052 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4053 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4054 value_is_zero = 0;
4055 }
4056 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4057 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4058 }
4059
4060 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4061 {
4062 bs->stop = 0;
4063 }
4064 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4065 {
4066 bs->stop = 0;
4067 }
4068 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4069 {
4070 b->ignore_count--;
4071 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4072 bs->stop = 0;
4073 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4074 ++(b->hit_count);
4075 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4076 }
4077 }
4078 }
4079
4080
4081 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4082 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4083
4084 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4085 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4086 that:
4087
4088 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4089
4090 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4091
4092 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4093 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4094 several reasons concurrently.)
4095
4096 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4097 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4098
4099 bpstat
4100 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4101 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
4102 {
4103 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4104 struct bp_location *bl;
4105 struct bp_location *loc;
4106 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4107 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4108 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4109 bpstat bs;
4110 int ix;
4111 int need_remove_insert;
4112 int removed_any;
4113
4114 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4115 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4116 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4117 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4118 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4119 inferior function calls. */
4120
4121 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4122 {
4123 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4124 continue;
4125
4126 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4127 {
4128 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4129 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4130 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4131 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4132 checked all locations already. */
4133 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4134 break;
4135
4136 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4137 continue;
4138
4139 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr))
4140 continue;
4141
4142 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4143 matches. */
4144
4145 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4146 explain stop. */
4147
4148 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4149 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4150 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4151 bs->stop = 1;
4152 bs->print = 1;
4153
4154 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4155 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4156 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4157 iteration. */
4158 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4159 {
4160 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4161
4162 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4163 }
4164 }
4165 }
4166
4167 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4168 {
4169 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4170 {
4171 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4172 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4173 bs->stop = 0;
4174 bs->print = 0;
4175 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4176 }
4177 }
4178
4179 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4180 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4181 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4182
4183 removed_any = 0;
4184
4185 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4186 {
4187 if (!bs->stop)
4188 continue;
4189
4190 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4191 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4192 if (bs->stop)
4193 {
4194 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4195
4196 if (bs->stop)
4197 {
4198 ++(b->hit_count);
4199 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4200
4201 /* We will stop here. */
4202 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4203 {
4204 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4205 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4206 removed_any = 1;
4207 }
4208 if (b->silent)
4209 bs->print = 0;
4210 bs->commands = b->commands;
4211 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4212 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4213 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4214 bs->print = 0;
4215 }
4216
4217 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't print. */
4218 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
4219 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4220 }
4221 }
4222
4223 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4224 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4225 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4226 done later. */
4227 need_remove_insert = 0;
4228 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4229 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4230 if (!bs->stop
4231 && bs->breakpoint_at
4232 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4233 {
4234 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4235
4236 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4237 need_remove_insert = 1;
4238 }
4239
4240 if (need_remove_insert)
4241 update_global_location_list (1);
4242 else if (removed_any)
4243 update_global_location_list (0);
4244
4245 return bs_head;
4246 }
4247
4248 static void
4249 handle_jit_event (void)
4250 {
4251 struct frame_info *frame;
4252 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4253
4254 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4255 breakpoint_re_set. */
4256 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4257
4258 frame = get_current_frame ();
4259 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4260
4261 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4262
4263 target_terminal_inferior ();
4264 }
4265
4266 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4267
4268 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4269
4270 struct bpstat_what
4271 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4272 {
4273 struct bpstat_what retval;
4274 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4275 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4276 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4277 int shlib_event = 0;
4278 int jit_event = 0;
4279 bpstat bs;
4280
4281 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4282 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4283 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4284
4285 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4286 {
4287 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4288 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4289 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4290 enum bptype bptype;
4291
4292 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4293 {
4294 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4295 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4296 bptype = bp_none;
4297 }
4298 else
4299 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4300
4301 switch (bptype)
4302 {
4303 case bp_none:
4304 break;
4305 case bp_breakpoint:
4306 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4307 case bp_until:
4308 case bp_finish:
4309 if (bs->stop)
4310 {
4311 if (bs->print)
4312 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4313 else
4314 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4315 }
4316 else
4317 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4318 break;
4319 case bp_watchpoint:
4320 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4321 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4322 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4323 if (bs->stop)
4324 {
4325 if (bs->print)
4326 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4327 else
4328 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4329 }
4330 else
4331 {
4332 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4333 This requires no further action. */
4334 }
4335 break;
4336 case bp_longjmp:
4337 case bp_exception:
4338 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4339 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4340 break;
4341 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4342 case bp_exception_resume:
4343 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4344 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4345 break;
4346 case bp_step_resume:
4347 if (bs->stop)
4348 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4349 else
4350 {
4351 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4352 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4353 }
4354 break;
4355 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4356 if (bs->stop)
4357 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
4358 else
4359 {
4360 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4361 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4362 }
4363 break;
4364 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4365 case bp_thread_event:
4366 case bp_overlay_event:
4367 case bp_longjmp_master:
4368 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4369 case bp_exception_master:
4370 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4371 break;
4372 case bp_catchpoint:
4373 if (bs->stop)
4374 {
4375 if (bs->print)
4376 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4377 else
4378 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4379 }
4380 else
4381 {
4382 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4383 This requires no further action. */
4384 }
4385 break;
4386 case bp_shlib_event:
4387 shlib_event = 1;
4388
4389 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4390 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4391 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4392 loaded objects (among other things). */
4393 if (stop_on_solib_events)
4394 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4395 else
4396 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4397 break;
4398 case bp_jit_event:
4399 jit_event = 1;
4400 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4401 break;
4402 case bp_call_dummy:
4403 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4404 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4405 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
4406 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4407 break;
4408 case bp_std_terminate:
4409 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4410 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4411 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
4412 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4413 break;
4414 case bp_tracepoint:
4415 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4416 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4417 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4418 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4419 out already. */
4420 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4421 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4422 break;
4423 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4424 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4425 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4426 break;
4427 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4428 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4429 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4430 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4431 break;
4432 default:
4433 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4434 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
4435 }
4436
4437 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
4438 }
4439
4440 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4441 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4442
4443 if (shlib_event)
4444 {
4445 if (debug_infrun)
4446 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4447
4448 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4449 to be adding them automatically. */
4450
4451 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4452 breakpoint_re_set. */
4453 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4454
4455 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4456 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4457 #else
4458 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4459 #endif
4460
4461 target_terminal_inferior ();
4462 }
4463
4464 if (jit_event)
4465 {
4466 if (debug_infrun)
4467 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4468
4469 handle_jit_event ();
4470 }
4471
4472 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4473 {
4474 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4475
4476 if (b == NULL)
4477 continue;
4478 switch (b->type)
4479 {
4480 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4481 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
4482 break;
4483 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4484 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
4485 break;
4486 }
4487 }
4488
4489 return retval;
4490 }
4491
4492 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4493 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4494 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4495
4496 int
4497 bpstat_should_step (void)
4498 {
4499 struct breakpoint *b;
4500
4501 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4502 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
4503 return 1;
4504 return 0;
4505 }
4506
4507 int
4508 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
4509 {
4510 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4511 if (bs->stop)
4512 return 1;
4513
4514 return 0;
4515 }
4516
4517 \f
4518
4519 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4520 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4521 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4522
4523 static char *
4524 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
4525 {
4526 static char wrap_indent[80];
4527 int i, total_width, width, align;
4528 char *text;
4529
4530 total_width = 0;
4531 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
4532 {
4533 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
4534 {
4535 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
4536 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
4537 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
4538
4539 return wrap_indent;
4540 }
4541
4542 total_width += width + 1;
4543 }
4544
4545 return NULL;
4546 }
4547
4548 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4549
4550 static void
4551 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4552 struct bp_location *loc)
4553 {
4554 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4555 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
4556
4557 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
4558 loc = NULL;
4559
4560 if (loc != NULL)
4561 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
4562
4563 if (b->display_canonical)
4564 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
4565 else if (b->source_file && loc)
4566 {
4567 struct symbol *sym
4568 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
4569 if (sym)
4570 {
4571 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
4572 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
4573 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
4574 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
4575 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
4576 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
4577 }
4578 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
4579 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
4580
4581 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4582 {
4583 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
4584 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
4585
4586 if (fullname)
4587 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
4588 }
4589
4590 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
4591 }
4592 else if (loc)
4593 {
4594 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4595 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4596
4597 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
4598 demangle, "");
4599 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
4600
4601 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
4602 }
4603 else
4604 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
4605
4606 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4607 }
4608
4609 static const char *
4610 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
4611 {
4612 struct ep_type_description
4613 {
4614 enum bptype type;
4615 char *description;
4616 };
4617 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
4618 {
4619 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
4620 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
4621 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
4622 {bp_until, "until"},
4623 {bp_finish, "finish"},
4624 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
4625 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
4626 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
4627 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
4628 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
4629 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
4630 {bp_exception, "exception"},
4631 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
4632 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
4633 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
4634 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
4635 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
4636 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
4637 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
4638 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
4639 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
4640 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
4641 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
4642 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
4643 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
4644 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
4645 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
4646 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
4647 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
4648 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4649 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4650 };
4651
4652 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
4653 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
4654 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4655 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4656 (int) type);
4657
4658 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
4659 }
4660
4661 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4662
4663 static void
4664 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
4665 struct bp_location *loc,
4666 int loc_number,
4667 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4668 int allflag)
4669 {
4670 struct command_line *l;
4671 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
4672
4673 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4674 int header_of_multiple = 0;
4675 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
4676 struct value_print_options opts;
4677
4678 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4679
4680 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
4681 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4682 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4683 if (loc == NULL
4684 && (b->loc != NULL
4685 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
4686 header_of_multiple = 1;
4687 if (loc == NULL)
4688 loc = b->loc;
4689
4690 annotate_record ();
4691
4692 /* 1 */
4693 annotate_field (0);
4694 if (part_of_multiple)
4695 {
4696 char *formatted;
4697 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
4698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
4699 xfree (formatted);
4700 }
4701 else
4702 {
4703 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4704 }
4705
4706 /* 2 */
4707 annotate_field (1);
4708 if (part_of_multiple)
4709 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
4710 else
4711 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
4712
4713 /* 3 */
4714 annotate_field (2);
4715 if (part_of_multiple)
4716 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
4717 else
4718 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
4719
4720
4721 /* 4 */
4722 annotate_field (3);
4723 if (part_of_multiple)
4724 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
4725 else
4726 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
4727 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
4728 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
4729
4730
4731 /* 5 and 6 */
4732 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
4733 {
4734 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4735 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4736 make sure there's just one location. */
4737 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
4738 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
4739 }
4740 else
4741 switch (b->type)
4742 {
4743 case bp_none:
4744 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4745 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4746 break;
4747
4748 case bp_watchpoint:
4749 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4750 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4751 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4752 {
4753 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4754
4755 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4756 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4757 is relatively readable). */
4758 if (opts.addressprint)
4759 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4760 annotate_field (5);
4761 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
4762 }
4763 break;
4764
4765 case bp_breakpoint:
4766 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4767 case bp_until:
4768 case bp_finish:
4769 case bp_longjmp:
4770 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4771 case bp_exception:
4772 case bp_exception_resume:
4773 case bp_step_resume:
4774 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4775 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4776 case bp_call_dummy:
4777 case bp_std_terminate:
4778 case bp_shlib_event:
4779 case bp_thread_event:
4780 case bp_overlay_event:
4781 case bp_longjmp_master:
4782 case bp_std_terminate_master:
4783 case bp_exception_master:
4784 case bp_tracepoint:
4785 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
4786 case bp_static_tracepoint:
4787 case bp_jit_event:
4788 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
4789 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
4790 if (opts.addressprint)
4791 {
4792 annotate_field (4);
4793 if (header_of_multiple)
4794 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4795 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
4796 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4797 else
4798 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
4799 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
4800 }
4801 annotate_field (5);
4802 if (!header_of_multiple)
4803 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
4804 if (b->loc)
4805 *last_loc = b->loc;
4806 break;
4807 }
4808
4809
4810 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4811 are several. */
4812 if (loc != NULL
4813 && !header_of_multiple
4814 && (allflag
4815 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
4816 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4817 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4818 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4819 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4820 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
4821 {
4822 struct inferior *inf;
4823 int first = 1;
4824
4825 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
4826 {
4827 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
4828 {
4829 if (first)
4830 {
4831 first = 0;
4832 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
4833 }
4834 else
4835 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
4836 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
4837 }
4838 }
4839 }
4840
4841 if (!part_of_multiple)
4842 {
4843 if (b->thread != -1)
4844 {
4845 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4846 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4847 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
4848 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4849 }
4850 else if (b->task != 0)
4851 {
4852 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
4853 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
4854 }
4855 }
4856
4857 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4858
4859 if (!part_of_multiple)
4860 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
4861
4862 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
4863 {
4864 annotate_field (6);
4865 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4866 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
4867 the frame ID. */
4868 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
4869 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
4870 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4871 }
4872
4873 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
4874 {
4875 annotate_field (7);
4876 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4877 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
4878 else
4879 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
4880 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
4881 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4882 }
4883
4884 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
4885 {
4886 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4887 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
4888 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
4889 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4890 }
4891
4892 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
4893 {
4894 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
4895 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
4896 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
4897 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
4898 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
4899 else
4900 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
4901 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
4902 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4903 if (b->hit_count == 1)
4904 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
4905 else
4906 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
4907 }
4908
4909 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
4910 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4911 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4912 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
4913 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
4914
4915 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
4916 {
4917 annotate_field (8);
4918 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
4919 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
4920 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
4921 }
4922
4923 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
4924 {
4925 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4926
4927 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
4928 {
4929 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
4930 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
4931 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
4932 }
4933 }
4934
4935 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
4936 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
4937 {
4938 struct cleanup *script_chain;
4939
4940 annotate_field (9);
4941 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
4942 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
4943 do_cleanups (script_chain);
4944 }
4945
4946 if (is_tracepoint (b))
4947 {
4948 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
4949
4950 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
4951 {
4952 annotate_field (10);
4953 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
4954 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
4955 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
4956 }
4957 }
4958
4959 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
4960 {
4961 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4962 {
4963 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4964
4965 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
4966 }
4967 else if (b->addr_string)
4968 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
4969 }
4970 }
4971
4972 static void
4973 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
4974 struct bp_location **last_loc,
4975 int allflag)
4976 {
4977 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
4978 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4979
4980 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
4981
4982 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
4983 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
4984
4985 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4986 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4987 locations, if any. */
4988 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
4989 {
4990 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
4991 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
4992 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4993 situation.
4994
4995 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
4996 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
4997 if (b->loc
4998 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
4999 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5000 {
5001 struct bp_location *loc;
5002 int n = 1;
5003
5004 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5005 {
5006 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5007 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5008 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5009 do_cleanups (inner2);
5010 }
5011 }
5012 }
5013 }
5014
5015 static int
5016 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5017 {
5018 int print_address_bits = 0;
5019 struct bp_location *loc;
5020
5021 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5022 {
5023 int addr_bit;
5024
5025 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5026 an address to print. */
5027 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5028 continue;
5029
5030 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5031 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5032 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5033 }
5034
5035 return print_address_bits;
5036 }
5037
5038 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5039 {
5040 int bnum;
5041 };
5042
5043 static int
5044 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5045 {
5046 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5047 struct breakpoint *b;
5048 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5049
5050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5051 {
5052 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5053 {
5054 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5055 return GDB_RC_OK;
5056 }
5057 }
5058 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5059 }
5060
5061 enum gdb_rc
5062 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5063 char **error_message)
5064 {
5065 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5066
5067 args.bnum = bnum;
5068 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5069 an error. */
5070 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5071 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5072 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5073 else
5074 return GDB_RC_OK;
5075 }
5076
5077 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5078 internal or momentary. */
5079
5080 int
5081 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5082 {
5083 return b->number > 0;
5084 }
5085
5086 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5087 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5088 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5089 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5090 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5091 breakpoints listed. */
5092
5093 static int
5094 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5095 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5096 {
5097 struct breakpoint *b;
5098 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5099 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5100 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5101 struct value_print_options opts;
5102 int print_address_bits = 0;
5103 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5104 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5105
5106 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5107
5108 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5109 required for address fields. */
5110 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5111 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5112 {
5113 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5114 if (filter && !filter (b))
5115 continue;
5116
5117 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5118 accept. Skip the others. */
5119 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5120 {
5121 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5122 continue;
5123 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5124 continue;
5125 }
5126
5127 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5128 {
5129 int addr_bit, type_len;
5130
5131 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5132 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5133 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5134
5135 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5136 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5137 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5138
5139 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5140 }
5141 }
5142
5143 if (opts.addressprint)
5144 bkpttbl_chain
5145 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5146 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5147 "BreakpointTable");
5148 else
5149 bkpttbl_chain
5150 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5151 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5152 "BreakpointTable");
5153
5154 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5155 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5156 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5157 annotate_field (0);
5158 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5159 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5160 annotate_field (1);
5161 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5162 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5163 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5164 annotate_field (2);
5165 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5166 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5167 annotate_field (3);
5168 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5169 if (opts.addressprint)
5170 {
5171 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5172 annotate_field (4);
5173 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5174 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5175 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5176 else
5177 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5178 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5179 }
5180 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5181 annotate_field (5);
5182 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5183 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5184 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5185 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5186
5187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5188 {
5189 QUIT;
5190 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5191 if (filter && !filter (b))
5192 continue;
5193
5194 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5195 accept. Skip the others. */
5196
5197 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5198 {
5199 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5200 {
5201 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5202 continue;
5203 }
5204 else /* all others */
5205 {
5206 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5207 continue;
5208 }
5209 }
5210 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5211 allflag is set. */
5212 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5213 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5214 }
5215
5216 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5217
5218 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5219 {
5220 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5221 empty list. */
5222 if (!filter)
5223 {
5224 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5225 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5226 else
5227 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5228 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5229 args);
5230 }
5231 }
5232 else
5233 {
5234 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5235 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5236 }
5237
5238 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5239 there have been breakpoints? */
5240 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5241
5242 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5243 }
5244
5245 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5246 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5247
5248 static void
5249 default_collect_info (void)
5250 {
5251 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5252
5253 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5254 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5255 not wanted. */
5256 if (!*default_collect)
5257 return;
5258
5259 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5260 actions. */
5261 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5262 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5263 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5264 }
5265
5266 static void
5267 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5268 {
5269 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5270
5271 default_collect_info ();
5272 }
5273
5274 static void
5275 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5276 {
5277 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5278 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5279
5280 if (num_printed == 0)
5281 {
5282 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5283 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5284 else
5285 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5286 }
5287 }
5288
5289 static void
5290 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5291 {
5292 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
5293
5294 default_collect_info ();
5295 }
5296
5297 static int
5298 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
5299 struct program_space *pspace,
5300 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
5301 {
5302 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
5303
5304 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
5305 {
5306 if (bl->pspace == pspace
5307 && bl->address == pc
5308 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
5309 return 1;
5310 }
5311 return 0;
5312 }
5313
5314 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
5315 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5316 address spaces. */
5317
5318 static void
5319 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5320 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
5321 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
5322 {
5323 int others = 0;
5324 struct breakpoint *b;
5325
5326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5327 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
5328 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
5329 if (others > 0)
5330 {
5331 if (others == 1)
5332 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5333 else /* if (others == ???) */
5334 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5335 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5336 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
5337 {
5338 others--;
5339 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
5340 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
5341 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5342 else if (b->thread != -1)
5343 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
5344 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5345 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
5346 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
5347 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
5348 ? " (disabled)"
5349 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
5350 ? " (permanent)"
5351 : ""),
5352 (others > 1) ? ","
5353 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
5354 }
5355 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5356 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
5357 printf_filtered (".\n");
5358 }
5359 }
5360 \f
5361
5362 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5363 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5364 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5365 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5366
5367 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5368 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5369 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5370 breakpoint at address zero:
5371
5372 bp_watchpoint
5373 bp_catchpoint
5374
5375 */
5376
5377 static int
5378 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5379 {
5380 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
5381
5382 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
5383 }
5384
5385 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5386 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5387
5388 static int
5389 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5390 struct bp_location *loc2)
5391 {
5392 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
5393 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
5394
5395 /* Both of them must exist. */
5396 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
5397 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
5398
5399 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5400 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5401 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5402 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5403 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5404 other watchpoint. */
5405 if ((w1->cond_exp
5406 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
5407 loc1->length,
5408 loc1->watchpoint_type,
5409 w1->cond_exp))
5410 || (w2->cond_exp
5411 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
5412 loc2->length,
5413 loc2->watchpoint_type,
5414 w2->cond_exp)))
5415 return 0;
5416
5417 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5418 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5419 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5420 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5421 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5422 become hw_access locations later. */
5423 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
5424 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
5425 && loc1->address == loc2->address
5426 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5427 }
5428
5429 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5430 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5431 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5432 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5433
5434 static int
5435 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5436 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
5437 {
5438 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5439 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5440 && addr1 == addr2);
5441 }
5442
5443 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5444 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5445 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5446 space doesn't really matter. */
5447
5448 static int
5449 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
5450 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
5451 CORE_ADDR addr2)
5452 {
5453 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5454 || aspace1 == aspace2)
5455 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
5456 }
5457
5458 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5459 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5460 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5461 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5462
5463 static int
5464 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
5465 struct address_space *aspace,
5466 CORE_ADDR addr)
5467 {
5468 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
5469 aspace, addr)
5470 || (bl->length
5471 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
5472 bl->address, bl->length,
5473 aspace, addr)));
5474 }
5475
5476 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
5477 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
5478 true, otherwise returns false. */
5479
5480 static int
5481 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5482 struct bp_location *loc2)
5483 {
5484 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5485 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
5486 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
5487 different locations. */
5488 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
5489 else
5490 return 0;
5491 }
5492
5493 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5494 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5495 represent the same location. */
5496
5497 static int
5498 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
5499 struct bp_location *loc2)
5500 {
5501 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
5502
5503 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5504 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
5505 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
5506
5507 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
5508 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
5509
5510 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
5511 return 0;
5512 else if (hw_point1)
5513 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5514 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
5515 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
5516 else
5517 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5518 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
5519 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
5520 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
5521 }
5522
5523 static void
5524 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
5525 int bnum, int have_bnum)
5526 {
5527 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5528 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5529 char astr1[64];
5530 char astr2[64];
5531
5532 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
5533 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
5534 if (have_bnum)
5535 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5536 bnum, astr1, astr2);
5537 else
5538 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
5539 }
5540
5541 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5542 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5543 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5544 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5545
5546 static CORE_ADDR
5547 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5548 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
5549 {
5550 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
5551 {
5552 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5553 return bpaddr;
5554 }
5555 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
5556 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5557 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
5558 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
5559 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
5560 {
5561 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5562 have their addresses modified. */
5563 return bpaddr;
5564 }
5565 else
5566 {
5567 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
5568
5569 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5570 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5571 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
5572
5573 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5574 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5575 is required. */
5576 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
5577 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
5578
5579 return adjusted_bpaddr;
5580 }
5581 }
5582
5583 void
5584 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
5585 struct breakpoint *owner)
5586 {
5587 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
5588
5589 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5590
5591 loc->ops = ops;
5592 loc->owner = owner;
5593 loc->cond = NULL;
5594 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
5595 loc->enabled = 1;
5596
5597 switch (owner->type)
5598 {
5599 case bp_breakpoint:
5600 case bp_until:
5601 case bp_finish:
5602 case bp_longjmp:
5603 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5604 case bp_exception:
5605 case bp_exception_resume:
5606 case bp_step_resume:
5607 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5608 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5609 case bp_call_dummy:
5610 case bp_std_terminate:
5611 case bp_shlib_event:
5612 case bp_thread_event:
5613 case bp_overlay_event:
5614 case bp_jit_event:
5615 case bp_longjmp_master:
5616 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5617 case bp_exception_master:
5618 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5620 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
5621 break;
5622 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5623 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
5624 break;
5625 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5626 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5627 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5628 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
5629 break;
5630 case bp_watchpoint:
5631 case bp_catchpoint:
5632 case bp_tracepoint:
5633 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5634 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5635 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
5636 break;
5637 default:
5638 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5639 }
5640
5641 loc->refc = 1;
5642 }
5643
5644 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5645
5646 static struct bp_location *
5647 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
5648 {
5649 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
5650 }
5651
5652 static void
5653 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
5654 {
5655 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
5656 xfree (loc);
5657 }
5658
5659 /* Increment reference count. */
5660
5661 static void
5662 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
5663 {
5664 ++bl->refc;
5665 }
5666
5667 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5668 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5669
5670 static void
5671 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
5672 {
5673 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
5674
5675 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
5676 free_bp_location (*blp);
5677 *blp = NULL;
5678 }
5679
5680 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5681
5682 static void
5683 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
5684 {
5685 struct breakpoint *b1;
5686
5687 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5688 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5689
5690 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
5691 if (b1 == 0)
5692 breakpoint_chain = b;
5693 else
5694 {
5695 while (b1->next)
5696 b1 = b1->next;
5697 b1->next = b;
5698 }
5699 }
5700
5701 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5702
5703 static void
5704 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5705 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5706 enum bptype bptype,
5707 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5708 {
5709 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
5710
5711 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
5712
5713 b->ops = ops;
5714 b->type = bptype;
5715 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
5716 b->language = current_language->la_language;
5717 b->input_radix = input_radix;
5718 b->thread = -1;
5719 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5720 b->next = 0;
5721 b->silent = 0;
5722 b->ignore_count = 0;
5723 b->commands = NULL;
5724 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
5725 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
5726 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
5727 b->related_breakpoint = b;
5728 }
5729
5730 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5731 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5732
5733 static struct breakpoint *
5734 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5735 enum bptype bptype,
5736 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5737 {
5738 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5739
5740 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5741 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5742 return b;
5743 }
5744
5745 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5746 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5747 enough. */
5748
5749 static void
5750 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
5751 {
5752 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
5753
5754 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
5755 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
5756 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
5757 {
5758 int is_gnu_ifunc;
5759
5760 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &loc->function_name,
5761 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
5762
5763 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
5764 {
5765 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
5766
5767 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
5768 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc->function_name,
5769 &loc->requested_address))
5770 {
5771 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5772 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
5773 loc->requested_address,
5774 b->type);
5775 }
5776 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
5777 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
5778 {
5779 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5780 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5781 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
5782 }
5783 }
5784
5785 if (loc->function_name)
5786 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
5787 }
5788 }
5789
5790 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5791 struct gdbarch *
5792 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5793 {
5794 if (sal.section)
5795 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
5796 if (sal.symtab)
5797 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
5798
5799 return NULL;
5800 }
5801
5802 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5803 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5804 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
5805
5806 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5807 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5808 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
5809
5810 static void
5811 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5812 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5813 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5814 {
5815 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
5816
5817 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5818
5819 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
5820 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
5821
5822 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5823 breakpoint resetting. */
5824 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
5825
5826 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
5827 b->source_file = NULL;
5828 else
5829 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
5830 b->line_number = sal.line;
5831
5832 breakpoints_changed ();
5833 }
5834
5835 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5836 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5837 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5838 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5839 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5840 is also returned as the value of this function.
5841
5842 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5843 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5844 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5845 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5846 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5847 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5848 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5849
5850 struct breakpoint *
5851 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
5852 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
5853 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
5854 {
5855 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
5856
5857 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
5858 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
5859 return b;
5860 }
5861
5862
5863 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
5864 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
5865 void
5866 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
5867 {
5868 struct bp_location *bl;
5869
5870 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
5871
5872 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
5873 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
5874 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
5875 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
5876 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
5877 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5878 bl->inserted = 1;
5879 }
5880
5881 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
5882 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
5883 initiated the operation. */
5884
5885 void
5886 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
5887 {
5888 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5889 int thread = tp->num;
5890
5891 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
5892 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
5893 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
5894 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
5895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5896 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5897 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
5898 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
5899 {
5900 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
5901 struct breakpoint *clone;
5902
5903 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
5904 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5905 clone->thread = thread;
5906 }
5907
5908 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
5909 }
5910
5911 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5912 void
5913 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
5914 {
5915 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5916
5917 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5918 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
5919 {
5920 if (b->thread == thread)
5921 delete_breakpoint (b);
5922 }
5923 }
5924
5925 void
5926 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5927 {
5928 struct breakpoint *b;
5929
5930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5931 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5932 {
5933 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5934 update_global_location_list (1);
5935 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
5936 }
5937 }
5938
5939 void
5940 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5941 {
5942 struct breakpoint *b;
5943
5944 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5945 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
5946 {
5947 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5948 update_global_location_list (0);
5949 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
5950 }
5951 }
5952
5953 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
5954 master breakpoint. */
5955 void
5956 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5957 {
5958 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5959
5960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5961 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
5962 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
5963 {
5964 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
5965 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
5966 }
5967 }
5968
5969 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
5970 void
5971 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
5972 {
5973 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
5974
5975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
5976 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
5977 delete_breakpoint (b);
5978 }
5979
5980 struct breakpoint *
5981 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
5982 {
5983 struct breakpoint *b;
5984
5985 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
5986 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
5987
5988 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5989 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5990 b->addr_string
5991 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
5992
5993 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5994
5995 return b;
5996 }
5997
5998 void
5999 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6000 {
6001 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6002
6003 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6004 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6005 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6006 delete_breakpoint (b);
6007 }
6008
6009 struct lang_and_radix
6010 {
6011 enum language lang;
6012 int radix;
6013 };
6014
6015 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6016
6017 struct breakpoint *
6018 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6019 {
6020 struct breakpoint *b;
6021
6022 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6023 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6024 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6025 return b;
6026 }
6027
6028 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6029
6030 void
6031 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6032 {
6033 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6034
6035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6036 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6037 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6038 delete_breakpoint (b);
6039 }
6040
6041 void
6042 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6043 {
6044 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6045
6046 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6047 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6048 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6049 delete_breakpoint (b);
6050 }
6051
6052 struct breakpoint *
6053 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6054 {
6055 struct breakpoint *b;
6056
6057 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6058 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6059 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6060 return b;
6061 }
6062
6063 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6064 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6065
6066 void
6067 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6068 {
6069 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6070
6071 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6072 {
6073 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6074 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6075
6076 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6077 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6078 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6079 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6080 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6081 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6082 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6083 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6084 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6085 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6086 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6087 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6088 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6089 #else
6090 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6091 #endif
6092 )
6093 {
6094 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6095 }
6096 }
6097 }
6098
6099 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6100 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6101 disabled. */
6102
6103 static void
6104 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6105 {
6106 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6107 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6108
6109 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6110 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6111 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6112 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6113 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6114 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6115 return;
6116
6117 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6118 {
6119 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6120 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6121
6122 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6123 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6124 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6125 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6126 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6127 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6128 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6129 || is_tracepoint (b))
6130 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6131 {
6132 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6133 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6134 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6135 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6136 loc->inserted = 0;
6137
6138 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6139 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6140
6141 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6142 {
6143 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6144 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6145 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6146 solib->so_name);
6147 }
6148 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6149 }
6150 }
6151 }
6152
6153 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6154
6155 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6156 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6157 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6158 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6159 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6160
6161 struct fork_catchpoint
6162 {
6163 /* The base class. */
6164 struct breakpoint base;
6165
6166 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6167 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6168 catchpoint has triggered. */
6169 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6170 };
6171
6172 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6173 catchpoints. */
6174
6175 static int
6176 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6177 {
6178 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6179 }
6180
6181 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6182 catchpoints. */
6183
6184 static int
6185 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6186 {
6187 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6188 }
6189
6190 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6191 catchpoints. */
6192
6193 static int
6194 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6195 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6196 {
6197 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6198
6199 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6200 }
6201
6202 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6203 catchpoints. */
6204
6205 static enum print_stop_action
6206 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6207 {
6208 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6209 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6210 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6211
6212 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6213 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6214 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6215 else
6216 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6217 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6218 {
6219 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6220 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6221 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6222 }
6223 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6224 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6225 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6226 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6227 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6228 }
6229
6230 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6231 catchpoints. */
6232
6233 static void
6234 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6235 {
6236 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6237 struct value_print_options opts;
6238 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6239
6240 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6241
6242 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6243 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6244 readable). */
6245 if (opts.addressprint)
6246 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6247 annotate_field (5);
6248 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6249 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6250 {
6251 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6252 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6253 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6254 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6255 }
6256 }
6257
6258 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6259 catchpoints. */
6260
6261 static void
6262 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6263 {
6264 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6265 }
6266
6267 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6268 catchpoints. */
6269
6270 static void
6271 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6272 {
6273 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6274 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6275 }
6276
6277 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6278
6279 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
6280
6281 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6282 catchpoints. */
6283
6284 static int
6285 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6286 {
6287 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6288 }
6289
6290 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6291 catchpoints. */
6292
6293 static int
6294 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
6295 {
6296 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6297 }
6298
6299 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6300 catchpoints. */
6301
6302 static int
6303 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6304 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6305 {
6306 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6307
6308 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &c->forked_inferior_pid);
6309 }
6310
6311 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6312 catchpoints. */
6313
6314 static enum print_stop_action
6315 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
6316 {
6317 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6318 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6319 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6320
6321 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6322 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6323 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6324 else
6325 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6326 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6327 {
6328 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6329 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
6330 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6331 }
6332 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6333 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
6334 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6335 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6336 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6337 }
6338
6339 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6340 catchpoints. */
6341
6342 static void
6343 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6344 {
6345 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6346 struct value_print_options opts;
6347 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6348
6349 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6350 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6351 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6352 readable). */
6353 if (opts.addressprint)
6354 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6355 annotate_field (5);
6356 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
6357 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6358 {
6359 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6360 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6361 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6362 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6363 }
6364 }
6365
6366 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6367 catchpoints. */
6368
6369 static void
6370 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
6371 {
6372 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
6373 }
6374
6375 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6376 catchpoints. */
6377
6378 static void
6379 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6380 {
6381 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
6382 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6383 }
6384
6385 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6386
6387 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
6388
6389 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
6390 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6391 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6392 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6393 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6394
6395 struct syscall_catchpoint
6396 {
6397 /* The base class. */
6398 struct breakpoint base;
6399
6400 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
6401 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
6402 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
6403 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
6404 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
6405 };
6406
6407 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6408 catchpoints. */
6409
6410 static void
6411 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6412 {
6413 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6414
6415 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
6416
6417 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6418 }
6419
6420 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6421 catchpoints. */
6422
6423 static int
6424 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6425 {
6426 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6427 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6428
6429 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
6430 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6431 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
6432 else
6433 {
6434 int i, iter;
6435
6436 for (i = 0;
6437 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6438 i++)
6439 {
6440 int elem;
6441
6442 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6443 {
6444 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
6445 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6446 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6447 uintptr_t vec_addr;
6448 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
6449 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
6450 vec_addr_offset;
6451 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
6452 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
6453 }
6454 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6455 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
6456 }
6457 }
6458
6459 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6460 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6461 inf->any_syscall_count,
6462 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6463 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
6464 }
6465
6466 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6467 catchpoints. */
6468
6469 static int
6470 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
6471 {
6472 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6473 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
6474
6475 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
6476 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6477 --inf->any_syscall_count;
6478 else
6479 {
6480 int i, iter;
6481
6482 for (i = 0;
6483 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6484 i++)
6485 {
6486 int elem;
6487 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
6488 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6489 continue;
6490 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
6491 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
6492 }
6493 }
6494
6495 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
6496 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
6497 inf->any_syscall_count,
6498 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
6499 VEC_address (int,
6500 inf->syscalls_counts));
6501 }
6502
6503 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6504 catchpoints. */
6505
6506 static int
6507 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
6508 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6509 {
6510 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6511 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6512 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6513 int syscall_number = 0;
6514 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
6515 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6516
6517 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid, &syscall_number))
6518 return 0;
6519
6520 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6521 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6522 {
6523 int i, iter;
6524
6525 for (i = 0;
6526 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6527 i++)
6528 if (syscall_number == iter)
6529 break;
6530 /* Not the same. */
6531 if (!iter)
6532 return 0;
6533 }
6534
6535 return 1;
6536 }
6537
6538 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6539 catchpoints. */
6540
6541 static enum print_stop_action
6542 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
6543 {
6544 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6545 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6546 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6547 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6548 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6549 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6550 ptid_t ptid;
6551 struct target_waitstatus last;
6552 struct syscall s;
6553 char *syscall_id;
6554
6555 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
6556
6557 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
6558
6559 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6560
6561 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6562 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6563 else
6564 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6565 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6566 {
6567 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6568 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6569 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6570 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
6571 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6572 }
6573 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6574
6575 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
6576 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
6577 else
6578 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
6579
6580 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6581 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
6582 if (s.name != NULL)
6583 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
6584
6585 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6586
6587 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6588 }
6589
6590 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6591 catchpoints. */
6592
6593 static void
6594 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
6595 struct bp_location **last_loc)
6596 {
6597 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6598 struct value_print_options opts;
6599 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6600
6601 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6602 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6603 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6604 readable). */
6605 if (opts.addressprint)
6606 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6607 annotate_field (5);
6608
6609 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
6610 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6611 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
6612 else
6613 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
6614
6615 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6616 {
6617 int i, iter;
6618 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6619
6620 for (i = 0;
6621 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6622 i++)
6623 {
6624 char *x = text;
6625 struct syscall s;
6626 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6627
6628 if (s.name != NULL)
6629 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
6630 else
6631 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
6632
6633 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6634 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
6635 on every call. */
6636 xfree (x);
6637 }
6638 /* Remove the last comma. */
6639 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
6640 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
6641 }
6642 else
6643 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
6644 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6645 }
6646
6647 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6648 catchpoints. */
6649
6650 static void
6651 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
6652 {
6653 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6654
6655 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6656 {
6657 int i, iter;
6658
6659 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
6660 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
6661 else
6662 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
6663
6664 for (i = 0;
6665 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6666 i++)
6667 {
6668 struct syscall s;
6669 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6670
6671 if (s.name)
6672 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
6673 else
6674 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
6675 }
6676 printf_filtered (")");
6677 }
6678 else
6679 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6680 b->number);
6681 }
6682
6683 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6684 catchpoints. */
6685
6686 static void
6687 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6688 {
6689 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
6690
6691 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
6692
6693 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
6694 {
6695 int i, iter;
6696
6697 for (i = 0;
6698 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
6699 i++)
6700 {
6701 struct syscall s;
6702
6703 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
6704 if (s.name)
6705 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
6706 else
6707 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
6708 }
6709 }
6710 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6711 }
6712
6713 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6714
6715 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
6716
6717 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6718
6719 static int
6720 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6721 {
6722 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
6723 }
6724
6725 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6726 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6727 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6728 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6729
6730 static void
6731 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6732 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
6733 char *cond_string,
6734 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6735 {
6736 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6737
6738 init_sal (&sal);
6739 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
6740
6741 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
6742
6743 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
6744 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6745 }
6746
6747 void
6748 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
6749 {
6750 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6751 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
6752 if (!internal)
6753 mention (b);
6754 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
6755
6756 if (update_gll)
6757 update_global_location_list (1);
6758 }
6759
6760 static void
6761 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6762 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6763 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6764 {
6765 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
6766
6767 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
6768
6769 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
6770
6771 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6772 }
6773
6774 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6775
6776 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
6777 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
6778 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
6779 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6780 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6781
6782 struct exec_catchpoint
6783 {
6784 /* The base class. */
6785 struct breakpoint base;
6786
6787 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
6788 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
6789 triggered. */
6790 char *exec_pathname;
6791 };
6792
6793 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6794 catchpoints. */
6795
6796 static void
6797 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6798 {
6799 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6800
6801 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
6802
6803 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
6804 }
6805
6806 static int
6807 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6808 {
6809 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6810 }
6811
6812 static int
6813 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
6814 {
6815 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6816 }
6817
6818 static int
6819 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
6820 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
6821 {
6822 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6823
6824 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &c->exec_pathname);
6825 }
6826
6827 static enum print_stop_action
6828 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
6829 {
6830 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6831 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6832 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6833
6834 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6835 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6836 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6837 else
6838 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6839 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6840 {
6841 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6842 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
6843 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6844 }
6845 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6846 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
6847 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
6848 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6849
6850 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6851 }
6852
6853 static void
6854 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6855 {
6856 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
6857 struct value_print_options opts;
6858 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6859
6860 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6861
6862 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6863 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6864 is relatively readable). */
6865 if (opts.addressprint)
6866 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6867 annotate_field (5);
6868 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
6869 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
6870 {
6871 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
6872 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
6873 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
6874 }
6875 }
6876
6877 static void
6878 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
6879 {
6880 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
6881 }
6882
6883 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6884 catchpoints. */
6885
6886 static void
6887 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6888 {
6889 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
6890 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
6891 }
6892
6893 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
6894
6895 static void
6896 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
6897 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6898 {
6899 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
6900 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
6901
6902 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
6903 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
6904 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
6905
6906 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
6907 }
6908
6909 static int
6910 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6911 {
6912 int i = 0;
6913 struct breakpoint *b;
6914 struct bp_location *bl;
6915
6916 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6917 {
6918 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6919 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6920 {
6921 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6922 one register. */
6923 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6924 }
6925 }
6926
6927 return i;
6928 }
6929
6930 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
6931 watchpoint. */
6932
6933 static int
6934 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
6935 {
6936 int i = 0;
6937 struct bp_location *bl;
6938
6939 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6940 return 0;
6941
6942 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6943 {
6944 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
6945 one register. */
6946 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
6947 }
6948
6949 return i;
6950 }
6951
6952 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
6953 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
6954 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
6955 types _not_ TYPE. */
6956
6957 static int
6958 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
6959 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
6960 {
6961 int i = 0;
6962 struct breakpoint *b;
6963
6964 *other_type_used = 0;
6965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6966 {
6967 if (b == except)
6968 continue;
6969 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
6970 continue;
6971
6972 if (b->type == type)
6973 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
6974 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
6975 *other_type_used = 1;
6976 }
6977
6978 return i;
6979 }
6980
6981 void
6982 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
6983 {
6984 struct breakpoint *b;
6985
6986 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6987 {
6988 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
6989 {
6990 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
6991 update_global_location_list (0);
6992 }
6993 }
6994 }
6995
6996 void
6997 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
6998 {
6999 struct breakpoint *b;
7000
7001 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7002 {
7003 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7004 {
7005 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7006 update_global_location_list (1);
7007 }
7008 }
7009 }
7010
7011 void
7012 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7013 {
7014 struct breakpoint *b;
7015 int found = 0;
7016
7017 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7018 {
7019 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7020 continue;
7021
7022 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7023 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7024 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7025 {
7026 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7027 found = 1;
7028 }
7029 }
7030
7031 if (found)
7032 update_global_location_list (0);
7033
7034 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
7035 }
7036
7037 void
7038 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7039 {
7040 struct breakpoint *b;
7041 int found = 0;
7042
7043 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
7044
7045 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7046 {
7047 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
7048 continue;
7049
7050 if ((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7051 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7052 && b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
7053 {
7054 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7055 found = 1;
7056 }
7057 }
7058
7059 if (found)
7060 breakpoint_re_set ();
7061 }
7062
7063
7064 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7065 at address specified by SAL.
7066 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7067
7068 struct breakpoint *
7069 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
7070 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
7071 {
7072 struct breakpoint *b;
7073
7074 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7075 one. */
7076 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
7077
7078 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7079 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7080 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7081 b->frame_id = frame_id;
7082
7083 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7084 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7085 control. */
7086 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7087 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7088
7089 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7090
7091 return b;
7092 }
7093
7094 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
7095 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
7096 breakpoint_ops. */
7097
7098 static struct breakpoint *
7099 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
7100 enum bptype type,
7101 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7102 {
7103 struct breakpoint *copy;
7104
7105 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
7106 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
7107 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
7108
7109 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
7110 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
7111 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
7112 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
7113 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
7114
7115 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
7116 copy->source_file = NULL;
7117 else
7118 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
7119
7120 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
7121 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
7122 copy->thread = orig->thread;
7123 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
7124
7125 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7126 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
7127 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
7128
7129 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7130 return copy;
7131 }
7132
7133 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7134 ORIG is NULL. */
7135
7136 struct breakpoint *
7137 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
7138 {
7139 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7140 if (orig == NULL)
7141 return NULL;
7142
7143 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
7144 }
7145
7146 struct breakpoint *
7147 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
7148 enum bptype type)
7149 {
7150 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7151
7152 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
7153 sal.pc = pc;
7154 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
7155 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7156
7157 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
7158 }
7159 \f
7160
7161 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7162
7163 static void
7164 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
7165 {
7166 b->ops->print_mention (b);
7167 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
7168 return;
7169 printf_filtered ("\n");
7170 }
7171 \f
7172
7173 static struct bp_location *
7174 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7175 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
7176 {
7177 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
7178 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
7179 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
7180
7181 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
7182 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
7183
7184 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
7185 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
7186 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
7187 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
7188 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
7189 location that's only been partially initialized. */
7190 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
7191 sal->pc, b->type);
7192
7193 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
7194 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
7195 ;
7196 *tmp = loc;
7197
7198 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
7199 loc->address = adjusted_address;
7200 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
7201 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
7202 loc->section = sal->section;
7203 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
7204 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
7205 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
7206 return loc;
7207 }
7208 \f
7209
7210 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7211 return 0 otherwise. */
7212
7213 static int
7214 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
7215 {
7216 int len;
7217 CORE_ADDR addr;
7218 const gdb_byte *brk;
7219 gdb_byte *target_mem;
7220 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7221 int retval = 0;
7222
7223 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
7224
7225 addr = loc->address;
7226 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
7227
7228 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7229 if (brk == NULL)
7230 return 0;
7231
7232 target_mem = alloca (len);
7233
7234 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7235 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7236 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7237 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7238
7239 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
7240 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7241
7242 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
7243 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
7244 retval = 1;
7245
7246 do_cleanups (cleanup);
7247
7248 return retval;
7249 }
7250
7251
7252
7253 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7254 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7255 as condition expression. */
7256
7257 static void
7258 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7259 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7260 char *cond_string,
7261 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7262 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7263 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7264 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7265 {
7266 int i;
7267
7268 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7269 {
7270 int target_resources_ok;
7271
7272 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7273 target_resources_ok =
7274 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7275 i + 1, 0);
7276 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7277 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7278 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7279 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7280 }
7281
7282 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
7283
7284 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7285 {
7286 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
7287 struct bp_location *loc;
7288
7289 if (from_tty)
7290 {
7291 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
7292 if (!loc_gdbarch)
7293 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
7294
7295 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
7296 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
7297 }
7298
7299 if (i == 0)
7300 {
7301 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
7302 b->thread = thread;
7303 b->task = task;
7304
7305 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7306 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
7307 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7308 b->disposition = disposition;
7309 b->pspace = sals.sals[0].pspace;
7310
7311 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
7312 {
7313 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
7314 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
7315
7316 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string))
7317 {
7318 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7319 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7320 char *p = &addr_string[3];
7321 char *endp;
7322 char *marker_str;
7323
7324 p = skip_spaces (p);
7325
7326 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7327
7328 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7329 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
7330
7331 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7332 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7333 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7334 }
7335 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
7336 {
7337 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
7338 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
7339
7340 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7341 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
7342 t->static_trace_marker_id);
7343 }
7344 else
7345 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7346 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7347 }
7348
7349 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
7350 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
7351 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
7352 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
7353
7354 loc = b->loc;
7355 }
7356 else
7357 {
7358 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7359 }
7360
7361 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
7362 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7363
7364 if (b->cond_string)
7365 {
7366 char *arg = b->cond_string;
7367 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
7368 if (*arg)
7369 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
7370 }
7371 }
7372
7373 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
7374 if (addr_string)
7375 b->addr_string = addr_string;
7376 else
7377 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7378 me. */
7379 b->addr_string
7380 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7381 }
7382
7383 static void
7384 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7385 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
7386 char *cond_string,
7387 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7388 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7389 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7390 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
7391 {
7392 struct breakpoint *b;
7393 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7394
7395 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
7396 {
7397 struct tracepoint *t;
7398
7399 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
7400 b = &t->base;
7401 }
7402 else
7403 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7404
7405 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
7406
7407 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
7408 sals, addr_string,
7409 cond_string,
7410 type, disposition,
7411 thread, task, ignore_count,
7412 ops, from_tty,
7413 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
7414 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
7415
7416 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
7417 }
7418
7419 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7420 elements to fill the void space. */
7421 static void
7422 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
7423 {
7424 int i = index_to_remove+1;
7425 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
7426
7427 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
7428 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
7429
7430 --(sal->nelts);
7431 }
7432
7433 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7434 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7435 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7436 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7437 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7438 single expanded sal, return the original.
7439
7440 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7441 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7442 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7443 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7444 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7445
7446 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7447 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7448 {
7449 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7450 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
7451 char *original_function = NULL;
7452 int found;
7453 int i;
7454 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7455
7456 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7457 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7458 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
7459 {
7460 expanded.nelts = 1;
7461 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7462 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7463 return expanded;
7464 }
7465
7466 sal.pc = 0;
7467
7468 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
7469
7470 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal.pspace);
7471
7472 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
7473
7474 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7475 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
7476
7477 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
7478 {
7479 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7480 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7481 xfree (expanded.sals);
7482 expanded.nelts = 1;
7483 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7484 sal.pc = original_pc;
7485 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7486 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[0]);
7487 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7488 return expanded;
7489 }
7490
7491 if (!sal.explicit_line)
7492 {
7493 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
7494 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7495 {
7496 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
7497 char *this_function;
7498
7499 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7500 read memory. */
7501 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded.sals[i].pspace);
7502
7503 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
7504 &func_addr, &func_end))
7505 {
7506 if (this_function
7507 && strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
7508 {
7509 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
7510 --i;
7511 }
7512 }
7513 }
7514 }
7515
7516 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7517 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7518 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded.sals[i]);
7519
7520 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7521
7522 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
7523 {
7524 /* This is an ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7525 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7526 original sal. */
7527
7528 xfree (expanded.sals);
7529 expanded.nelts = 1;
7530 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7531 sal.pc = original_pc;
7532 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
7533 return expanded;
7534 }
7535
7536 if (original_pc)
7537 {
7538 found = 0;
7539 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
7540 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
7541 {
7542 found = 1;
7543 break;
7544 }
7545 gdb_assert (found);
7546 }
7547
7548 return expanded;
7549 }
7550
7551 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7552 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7553 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7554 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7555 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7556 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7557 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7558 we take just a single condition string.
7559
7560 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7561 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7562 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7563 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7564 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7565
7566 static void
7567 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7568 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
7569 struct linespec_result *canonical,
7570 char *cond_string,
7571 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
7572 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
7573 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
7574 int enabled, int internal)
7575 {
7576 int i;
7577
7578 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7579 {
7580 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
7581 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
7582
7583 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, expanded, canonical->canonical[i],
7584 cond_string, type, disposition,
7585 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
7586 from_tty, enabled, internal,
7587 canonical->special_display);
7588 }
7589 }
7590
7591 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7592 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7593 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7594 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7595
7596 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7597 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7598
7599 static void
7600 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
7601 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
7602 struct linespec_result *canonical)
7603 {
7604 char *addr_start = *address;
7605
7606 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7607 breakpoint. */
7608 if ((*address) == NULL
7609 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
7610 {
7611 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
7612 address. */
7613 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
7614 {
7615 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7616
7617 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7618 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
7619 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
7620
7621 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
7622 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
7623 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
7624 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
7625
7626 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7627 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
7628 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
7629 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
7630 instances with the same symtab and line. */
7631 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
7632
7633 sals->sals[0] = sal;
7634 sals->nelts = 1;
7635 }
7636 else
7637 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7638 }
7639 else
7640 {
7641 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7642 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7643 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7644 time while leaving the last displayed codepoint pointers
7645 alone.
7646
7647 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7648 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7649
7650 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7651
7652 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
7653 && (!cursal.symtab
7654 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
7655 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
7656 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1,
7657 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
7658 get_last_displayed_line (),
7659 canonical);
7660 else
7661 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
7662 canonical);
7663 }
7664 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7665 if (sals->nelts > 0 && canonical->canonical == NULL)
7666 canonical->canonical = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char *));
7667 if (addr_start != (*address))
7668 {
7669 int i;
7670
7671 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7672 {
7673 /* Add the string if not present. */
7674 if (canonical->canonical[i] == NULL)
7675 canonical->canonical[i] = savestring (addr_start,
7676 (*address) - addr_start);
7677 }
7678 }
7679 }
7680
7681
7682 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7683 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7684
7685 static void
7686 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7687 {
7688 int i;
7689
7690 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7691 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
7692 }
7693
7694 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7695 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7696 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7697 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7698 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7699 it, etc. */
7700
7701 static void
7702 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7703 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
7704 {
7705 int i, rslt;
7706 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
7707 char *msg;
7708 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7709
7710 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
7711 {
7712 sal = &sals->sals[i];
7713
7714 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch, sal->pc,
7715 NULL, &msg);
7716 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
7717
7718 if (!rslt)
7719 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7720 paddress (gdbarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
7721
7722 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7723 }
7724 }
7725
7726 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7727 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7728 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7729 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7730 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7731 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7732 static void
7733 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
7734 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
7735 {
7736 *cond_string = NULL;
7737 *thread = -1;
7738 while (tok && *tok)
7739 {
7740 char *end_tok;
7741 int toklen;
7742 char *cond_start = NULL;
7743 char *cond_end = NULL;
7744
7745 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
7746
7747 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
7748
7749 toklen = end_tok - tok;
7750
7751 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
7752 {
7753 struct expression *expr;
7754
7755 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
7756 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
7757 xfree (expr);
7758 cond_end = tok;
7759 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
7760 cond_end - cond_start);
7761 }
7762 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
7763 {
7764 char *tmptok;
7765
7766 tok = end_tok + 1;
7767 tmptok = tok;
7768 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7769 if (tok == tmptok)
7770 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7771 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
7772 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
7773 }
7774 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
7775 {
7776 char *tmptok;
7777
7778 tok = end_tok + 1;
7779 tmptok = tok;
7780 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
7781 if (tok == tmptok)
7782 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7783 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
7784 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
7785 }
7786 else
7787 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7788 }
7789 }
7790
7791 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7792
7793 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7794 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
7795 {
7796 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
7797 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7798 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7799 struct symbol *sym;
7800 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7801 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
7802 char *endp;
7803 char *marker_str;
7804 int i;
7805
7806 p = skip_spaces (p);
7807
7808 endp = skip_to_space (p);
7809
7810 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
7811 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
7812
7813 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
7814 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
7815 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
7816
7817 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
7818 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
7819
7820 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7821 {
7822 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
7823
7824 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
7825
7826 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
7827
7828 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
7829 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
7830
7831 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
7832 }
7833
7834 do_cleanups (old_chain);
7835
7836 *arg_p = endp;
7837 return sals;
7838 }
7839
7840 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7841 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7842 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7843 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7844 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7845 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7846 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7847 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7848 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7849 false otherwise. */
7850
7851 int
7852 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7853 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
7854 int parse_condition_and_thread,
7855 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
7856 int ignore_count,
7857 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
7858 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
7859 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
7860 {
7861 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
7862 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
7863 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
7864 char *copy_arg;
7865 char *addr_start = arg;
7866 struct linespec_result canonical;
7867 struct cleanup *old_chain;
7868 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
7869 int i;
7870 int pending = 0;
7871 int task = 0;
7872 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
7873
7874 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7875
7876 sals.sals = NULL;
7877 sals.nelts = 0;
7878 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
7879
7880 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (arg))
7881 {
7882 int i;
7883
7884 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
7885
7886 copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, arg - addr_start);
7887 canonical.canonical = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (char *));
7888 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7889 canonical.canonical[i] = xstrdup (copy_arg);
7890 goto done;
7891 }
7892
7893 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7894 {
7895 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals, &canonical);
7896 }
7897
7898 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
7899 switch (e.reason)
7900 {
7901 case RETURN_QUIT:
7902 throw_exception (e);
7903 case RETURN_ERROR:
7904 switch (e.error)
7905 {
7906 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
7907
7908 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
7909 error. */
7910
7911 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
7912 throw_exception (e);
7913
7914 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
7915
7916 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
7917 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
7918 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
7919 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
7920 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
7921 return 0;
7922
7923 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
7924 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
7925 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
7926 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
7927 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
7928 canonical.canonical = &copy_arg;
7929 sals.nelts = 1;
7930 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
7931 pending_sal.pc = 0;
7932 pending = 1;
7933 break;
7934 default:
7935 throw_exception (e);
7936 }
7937 break;
7938 default:
7939 if (!sals.nelts)
7940 return 0;
7941 }
7942
7943 done:
7944
7945 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
7946 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7947
7948 if (!pending)
7949 {
7950 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
7951 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7952
7953 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
7954 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical);
7955 }
7956
7957 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
7958 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
7959 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
7960 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
7961 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
7962
7963 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
7964 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
7965 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
7966 {
7967 if (canonical.canonical[i] != NULL)
7968 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical.canonical[i]);
7969 }
7970
7971 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
7972 are ok for the target. */
7973 if (!pending)
7974 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals);
7975
7976 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
7977 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
7978 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &sals);
7979
7980 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
7981 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
7982 breakpoint. */
7983 if (!pending)
7984 {
7985 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
7986 {
7987 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
7988 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
7989 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
7990 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
7991 cond_string = NULL;
7992 thread = -1;
7993 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
7994 &thread, &task);
7995 if (cond_string)
7996 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
7997 }
7998 else
7999 {
8000 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8001 if (cond_string)
8002 {
8003 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8004 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8005 }
8006 }
8007
8008 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8009 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8010 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8011 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8012 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8013 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8014 if (type_wanted == bp_static_tracepoint
8015 && is_marker_spec (canonical.canonical[0]))
8016 {
8017 int i;
8018
8019 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8020 {
8021 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
8022 struct tracepoint *tp;
8023 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8024
8025 expanded.nelts = 1;
8026 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8027 expanded.sals[0] = sals.sals[i];
8028 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, expanded.sals);
8029
8030 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8031 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
8032 canonical.canonical[i],
8033 cond_string, type_wanted,
8034 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8035 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8036 from_tty, enabled, internal,
8037 canonical.special_display);
8038 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8039 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8040 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8041 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8042 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8043 corresponds to this one */
8044 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
8045
8046 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
8047
8048 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8049 }
8050 }
8051 else
8052 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, sals, &canonical, cond_string,
8053 type_wanted,
8054 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8055 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
8056 enabled, internal);
8057 }
8058 else
8059 {
8060 struct breakpoint *b;
8061
8062 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8063
8064 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
8065 {
8066 struct tracepoint *t;
8067
8068 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8069 b = &t->base;
8070 }
8071 else
8072 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8073
8074 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
8075
8076 b->addr_string = canonical.canonical[0];
8077 b->cond_string = NULL;
8078 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8079 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8080 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8081 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8082 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8083
8084 if (enabled && b->pspace->executing_startup
8085 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint
8086 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
8087 b->enable_state = bp_startup_disabled;
8088
8089 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8090 }
8091
8092 if (sals.nelts > 1)
8093 {
8094 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8095 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8096 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8097 }
8098
8099 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8100 breakpoint. */
8101 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8102 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8103 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8104
8105 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8106 update_global_location_list (1);
8107
8108 return 1;
8109 }
8110
8111 /* Set a breakpoint.
8112 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8113 condition, and thread.
8114 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8115 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8116 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8117
8118 static void
8119 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8120 {
8121 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8122 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8123 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8124 : bp_breakpoint);
8125
8126 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8127 arg,
8128 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8129 tempflag, type_wanted,
8130 0 /* Ignore count */,
8131 pending_break_support,
8132 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
8133 from_tty,
8134 1 /* enabled */,
8135 0 /* internal */);
8136 }
8137
8138 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8139
8140 void
8141 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8142 {
8143 CORE_ADDR pc;
8144
8145 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8146 {
8147 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8148 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8149 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8150 sal->pc = pc;
8151
8152 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8153 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8154 if (sal->explicit_line)
8155 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8156 }
8157
8158 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8159 {
8160 struct blockvector *bv;
8161 struct block *b;
8162 struct symbol *sym;
8163
8164 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8165 if (bv != NULL)
8166 {
8167 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8168 if (sym != NULL)
8169 {
8170 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8171 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8172 }
8173 else
8174 {
8175 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8176 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8177 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8178 happen in assembly source). */
8179
8180 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8181 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8182
8183 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8184
8185 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8186 if (msym)
8187 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8188
8189 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8190 }
8191 }
8192 }
8193 }
8194
8195 void
8196 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8197 {
8198 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8199 }
8200
8201 void
8202 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8203 {
8204 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8205 }
8206
8207 static void
8208 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8209 {
8210 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8211 }
8212
8213 static void
8214 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8215 {
8216 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8217 }
8218
8219 static void
8220 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8221 {
8222 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8223 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8224 stop at <line>\n"));
8225 }
8226
8227 static void
8228 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8229 {
8230 int badInput = 0;
8231
8232 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8233 badInput = 1;
8234 else if (*arg != '*')
8235 {
8236 char *argptr = arg;
8237 int hasColon = 0;
8238
8239 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8240 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8241 function/method name. */
8242 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8243 {
8244 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8245 argptr++;
8246 }
8247
8248 if (hasColon)
8249 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8250 else
8251 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
8252 }
8253
8254 if (badInput)
8255 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8256 else
8257 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8258 }
8259
8260 static void
8261 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8262 {
8263 int badInput = 0;
8264
8265 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
8266 badInput = 1;
8267 else
8268 {
8269 char *argptr = arg;
8270 int hasColon = 0;
8271
8272 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8273 it is probably a line number. */
8274 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
8275 {
8276 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
8277 argptr++;
8278 }
8279
8280 if (hasColon)
8281 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
8282 else
8283 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
8284 }
8285
8286 if (badInput)
8287 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8288 else
8289 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8290 }
8291
8292 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8293 ranged breakpoints. */
8294
8295 static int
8296 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8297 struct address_space *aspace,
8298 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8299 {
8300 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
8301 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
8302 }
8303
8304 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8305 ranged breakpoints. */
8306
8307 static int
8308 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8309 {
8310 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8311 }
8312
8313 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8314 ranged breakpoints. */
8315
8316 static enum print_stop_action
8317 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
8318 {
8319 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8320 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8321 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8322
8323 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8324
8325 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8326 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8327
8328 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
8329 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8330 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8331 else
8332 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8333 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8334 {
8335 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8336 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
8337 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8338 }
8339 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8340 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
8341
8342 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8343 }
8344
8345 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8346 ranged breakpoints. */
8347
8348 static void
8349 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8350 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8351 {
8352 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8353 struct value_print_options opts;
8354 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8355
8356 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8357 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
8358
8359 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8360
8361 if (opts.addressprint)
8362 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8363 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8364 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8365 annotate_field (5);
8366 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
8367 *last_loc = bl;
8368 }
8369
8370 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8371 ranged breakpoints. */
8372
8373 static void
8374 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
8375 struct ui_out *uiout)
8376 {
8377 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
8378 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8379 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8380 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8381
8382 gdb_assert (bl);
8383
8384 address_start = bl->address;
8385 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
8386
8387 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
8388 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
8389 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
8390 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
8391 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
8392 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8393
8394 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8395 }
8396
8397 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8398 ranged breakpoints. */
8399
8400 static void
8401 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8402 {
8403 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
8404 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8405
8406 gdb_assert (bl);
8407 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
8408
8409 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8410 return;
8411
8412 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8413 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
8414 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
8415 }
8416
8417 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8418 ranged breakpoints. */
8419
8420 static void
8421 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8422 {
8423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
8424 b->addr_string_range_end);
8425 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8426 }
8427
8428 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8429
8430 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
8431
8432 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8433 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8434 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8435 last instruction of the given line. */
8436
8437 static CORE_ADDR
8438 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
8439 {
8440 CORE_ADDR end;
8441
8442 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8443 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8444 if (sal.explicit_pc)
8445 end = sal.pc;
8446 else
8447 {
8448 int ret;
8449 CORE_ADDR start;
8450
8451 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
8452 if (!ret)
8453 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8454
8455 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8456 end--;
8457 }
8458
8459 return end;
8460 }
8461
8462 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8463
8464 static void
8465 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8466 {
8467 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
8468 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
8469 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
8470 CORE_ADDR end;
8471 struct breakpoint *b;
8472 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
8473 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start, sals_end;
8474 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
8475
8476 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8477 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8478 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8479
8480 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8481 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8482 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8483 bp_count, 0);
8484 if (can_use_bp < 0)
8485 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8486
8487 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
8488 error(_("No address range specified."));
8489
8490 sals_start.sals = NULL;
8491 sals_start.nelts = 0;
8492 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
8493
8494 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8495 arg++;
8496
8497 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &sals_start, &canonical_start);
8498
8499 sal_start = sals_start.sals[0];
8500 addr_string_start = canonical_start.canonical[0];
8501 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
8502 xfree (sals_start.sals);
8503 xfree (canonical_start.canonical);
8504
8505 if (arg[0] != ',')
8506 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8507 else if (sals_start.nelts == 0)
8508 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8509 else if (sals_start.nelts != 1)
8510 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8511
8512 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start);
8513
8514 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
8515 while (*arg == ' ' || *arg == '\t')
8516 arg++;
8517
8518 /* Parse the end location. */
8519
8520 sals_end.sals = NULL;
8521 sals_end.nelts = 0;
8522 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
8523 arg_start = arg;
8524
8525 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8526 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8527 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8528 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8529 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8530 sals_end = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
8531 &canonical_end);
8532
8533 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8534 if (canonical_end.canonical == NULL)
8535 canonical_end.canonical = xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8536 /* Add the string if not present. */
8537 if (arg_start != arg && canonical_end.canonical[0] == NULL)
8538 canonical_end.canonical[0] = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
8539
8540 sal_end = sals_end.sals[0];
8541 addr_string_end = canonical_end.canonical[0];
8542 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
8543 xfree (sals_end.sals);
8544 xfree (canonical_end.canonical);
8545
8546 if (sals_end.nelts == 0)
8547 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8548 else if (sals_end.nelts != 1)
8549 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8550
8551 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end);
8552
8553 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
8554 if (sal_start.pc > end)
8555 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
8556
8557 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
8558 if (length < 0)
8559 /* Length overflowed. */
8560 error (_("Address range too large."));
8561 else if (length == 1)
8562 {
8563 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8564 the `hbreak' command. */
8565 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
8566
8567 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8568
8569 return;
8570 }
8571
8572 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8573 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
8574 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
8575 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
8576 b->number = breakpoint_count;
8577 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8578 b->addr_string = addr_string_start;
8579 b->addr_string_range_end = addr_string_end;
8580 b->loc->length = length;
8581
8582 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
8583
8584 mention (b);
8585 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8586 update_global_location_list (1);
8587 }
8588
8589 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8590 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8591 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8592 zero. */
8593 static int
8594 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
8595 {
8596 int i = exp->nelts;
8597
8598 while (i > 0)
8599 {
8600 int oplenp, argsp;
8601
8602 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8603 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
8604 i -= oplenp;
8605
8606 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
8607 {
8608 case BINOP_ADD:
8609 case BINOP_SUB:
8610 case BINOP_MUL:
8611 case BINOP_DIV:
8612 case BINOP_REM:
8613 case BINOP_MOD:
8614 case BINOP_LSH:
8615 case BINOP_RSH:
8616 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
8617 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
8618 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
8619 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
8620 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
8621 case BINOP_EQUAL:
8622 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
8623 case BINOP_LESS:
8624 case BINOP_GTR:
8625 case BINOP_LEQ:
8626 case BINOP_GEQ:
8627 case BINOP_REPEAT:
8628 case BINOP_COMMA:
8629 case BINOP_EXP:
8630 case BINOP_MIN:
8631 case BINOP_MAX:
8632 case BINOP_INTDIV:
8633 case BINOP_CONCAT:
8634 case BINOP_IN:
8635 case BINOP_RANGE:
8636 case TERNOP_COND:
8637 case TERNOP_SLICE:
8638 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
8639
8640 case OP_LONG:
8641 case OP_DOUBLE:
8642 case OP_DECFLOAT:
8643 case OP_LAST:
8644 case OP_COMPLEX:
8645 case OP_STRING:
8646 case OP_BITSTRING:
8647 case OP_ARRAY:
8648 case OP_TYPE:
8649 case OP_NAME:
8650 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
8651
8652 case UNOP_NEG:
8653 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
8654 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
8655 case UNOP_ADDR:
8656 case UNOP_HIGH:
8657 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8658 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8659 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8660 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8661
8662 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8663 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8664 ADDR is. */
8665 break;
8666
8667 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
8668 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8669
8670 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8671 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8672 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8673 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8674
8675 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8676 are always constant. */
8677 {
8678 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
8679
8680 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
8681 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
8682 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
8683 return 0;
8684 break;
8685 }
8686
8687 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8688 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8689 then it is not a constant. */
8690 default:
8691 return 0;
8692 }
8693 }
8694
8695 return 1;
8696 }
8697
8698 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8699
8700 static void
8701 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
8702 {
8703 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
8704
8705 xfree (w->cond_exp);
8706 xfree (w->exp);
8707 xfree (w->exp_string);
8708 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
8709 value_free (w->val);
8710
8711 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
8712 }
8713
8714 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
8715
8716 static void
8717 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8718 {
8719 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8720
8721 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
8722 variables, or it can be on local variables.
8723
8724 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
8725 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
8726 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
8727 are loaded and unloaded.
8728
8729 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
8730 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
8731 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
8732 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
8733 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
8734 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
8735
8736 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
8737 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
8738 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
8739 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
8740
8741 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
8742 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
8743
8744 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
8745 reevaluated again when enabled. */
8746 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
8747 }
8748
8749 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8750
8751 static int
8752 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8753 {
8754 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8755 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8756
8757 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8758 w->cond_exp);
8759 }
8760
8761 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8762
8763 static int
8764 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8765 {
8766 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8767 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
8768
8769 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
8770 w->cond_exp);
8771 }
8772
8773 static int
8774 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
8775 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
8776 {
8777 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
8778 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8779
8780 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
8781 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
8782 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
8783 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
8784 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
8785 (did not match the data address). */
8786 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
8787 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
8788 return 0;
8789
8790 return 1;
8791 }
8792
8793 static void
8794 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8795 {
8796 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
8797
8798 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
8799 }
8800
8801 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8802 hardware watchpoints. */
8803
8804 static int
8805 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
8806 {
8807 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8808 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
8809
8810 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
8811 }
8812
8813 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8814 hardware watchpoints. */
8815
8816 static int
8817 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
8818 {
8819 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
8820 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
8821 }
8822
8823 static enum print_stop_action
8824 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
8825 {
8826 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8827 struct breakpoint *b;
8828 const struct bp_location *bl;
8829 struct ui_stream *stb;
8830 enum print_stop_action result;
8831 struct watchpoint *w;
8832 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8833
8834 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
8835
8836 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
8837 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8838 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8839
8840 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
8841 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
8842
8843 switch (b->type)
8844 {
8845 case bp_watchpoint:
8846 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8847 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8848 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8849 ui_out_field_string
8850 (uiout, "reason",
8851 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8852 mention (b);
8853 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8854 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8855 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8856 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8857 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8858 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8859 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8860 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8861 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8862 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8863 break;
8864
8865 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8866 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8867 ui_out_field_string
8868 (uiout, "reason",
8869 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8870 mention (b);
8871 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8872 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8873 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8874 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
8875 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8876 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8877 break;
8878
8879 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8880 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
8881 {
8882 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
8883 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8884 ui_out_field_string
8885 (uiout, "reason",
8886 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8887 mention (b);
8888 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8889 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
8890 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
8891 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
8892 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
8893 }
8894 else
8895 {
8896 mention (b);
8897 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8898 ui_out_field_string
8899 (uiout, "reason",
8900 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
8901 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
8902 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
8903 }
8904 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
8905 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
8906 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8907 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8908 break;
8909 default:
8910 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
8911 }
8912
8913 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8914 return result;
8915 }
8916
8917 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
8918 watchpoints. */
8919
8920 static void
8921 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
8922 {
8923 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
8924 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8925 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8926
8927 switch (b->type)
8928 {
8929 case bp_watchpoint:
8930 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
8931 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8932 break;
8933 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8934 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
8935 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
8936 break;
8937 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8938 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
8939 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
8940 break;
8941 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8942 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
8943 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
8944 break;
8945 default:
8946 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8947 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8948 }
8949
8950 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
8951 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
8952 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
8953 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
8954 }
8955
8956 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8957 watchpoints. */
8958
8959 static void
8960 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8961 {
8962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
8963
8964 switch (b->type)
8965 {
8966 case bp_watchpoint:
8967 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8968 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
8969 break;
8970 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8971 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
8972 break;
8973 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8974 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
8975 break;
8976 default:
8977 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8978 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
8979 }
8980
8981 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
8982 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8983 }
8984
8985 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8986
8987 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
8988
8989 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8990 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8991
8992 static int
8993 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
8994 {
8995 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
8996
8997 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
8998 bl->watchpoint_type);
8999 }
9000
9001 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
9002 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9003
9004 static int
9005 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9006 {
9007 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9008
9009 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9010 bl->watchpoint_type);
9011 }
9012
9013 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9014 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9015
9016 static int
9017 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9018 {
9019 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9020
9021 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
9022 }
9023
9024 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9025 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9026
9027 static int
9028 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9029 {
9030 return 0;
9031 }
9032
9033 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9034 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9035
9036 static enum print_stop_action
9037 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9038 {
9039 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9040 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9041
9042 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9043 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9044
9045 switch (b->type)
9046 {
9047 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9048 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9049 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9050 ui_out_field_string
9051 (uiout, "reason",
9052 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9053 break;
9054
9055 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9057 ui_out_field_string
9058 (uiout, "reason",
9059 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9060 break;
9061
9062 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9063 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9064 ui_out_field_string
9065 (uiout, "reason",
9066 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9067 break;
9068 default:
9069 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9070 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9071 }
9072
9073 mention (b);
9074 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
9075 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9076 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9077 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9078
9079 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9080 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9081 }
9082
9083 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9084 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9085
9086 static void
9087 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9088 struct ui_out *uiout)
9089 {
9090 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9091
9092 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9093 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9094
9095 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9096 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
9097 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9098 }
9099
9100 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9101 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9102
9103 static void
9104 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9105 {
9106 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9107 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9108 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9109
9110 switch (b->type)
9111 {
9112 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9113 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9114 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9115 break;
9116 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9117 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9118 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9119 break;
9120 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9121 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9122 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9123 break;
9124 default:
9125 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9126 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9127 }
9128
9129 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9130 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9131 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9132 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9133 }
9134
9135 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9136 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9137
9138 static void
9139 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9140 {
9141 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9142 char tmp[40];
9143
9144 switch (b->type)
9145 {
9146 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9147 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9148 break;
9149 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9150 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9151 break;
9152 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9153 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9154 break;
9155 default:
9156 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9157 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9158 }
9159
9160 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
9161 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
9162 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9163 }
9164
9165 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9166
9167 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9168
9169 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9170
9171 static int
9172 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9173 {
9174 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9175 }
9176
9177 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9178 hw_read: watch read,
9179 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9180 static void
9181 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9182 int just_location, int internal)
9183 {
9184 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9185 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9186 struct expression *exp;
9187 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9188 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9189 struct frame_info *frame;
9190 char *exp_start = NULL;
9191 char *exp_end = NULL;
9192 char *tok, *end_tok;
9193 int toklen = -1;
9194 char *cond_start = NULL;
9195 char *cond_end = NULL;
9196 enum bptype bp_type;
9197 int thread = -1;
9198 int pc = 0;
9199 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9200 the hardware watchpoint. */
9201 int use_mask = 0;
9202 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9203 struct watchpoint *w;
9204
9205 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9206 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9207 {
9208 char *value_start;
9209
9210 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9211 of the arguments string. */
9212 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9213 {
9214 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9215 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9216 tok--;
9217
9218 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9219 This is the value of the parameter. */
9220 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9221 tok--;
9222 value_start = tok + 1;
9223
9224 /* Skip whitespace. */
9225 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9226 tok--;
9227
9228 end_tok = tok;
9229
9230 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9231 This is the parameter itself. */
9232 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9233 tok--;
9234 tok++;
9235 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9236
9237 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
9238 {
9239 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9240 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9241 only in a specific thread. */
9242 char *endp;
9243
9244 if (thread != -1)
9245 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9246
9247 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9248 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
9249
9250 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9251 thread ID. */
9252 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
9253 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
9254
9255 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9256 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
9257 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
9258 }
9259 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
9260 {
9261 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9262 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9263 facility. */
9264 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
9265
9266 if (use_mask)
9267 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9268
9269 use_mask = just_location = 1;
9270
9271 mark = value_mark ();
9272 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
9273 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
9274 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9275 }
9276 else
9277 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9278 break;
9279
9280 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9281 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9282 *tok = '\0';
9283 }
9284 }
9285
9286 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9287 innermost_block = NULL;
9288 exp_start = arg;
9289 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
9290 exp_end = arg;
9291 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9292 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9293 prettier. */
9294 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
9295 --exp_end;
9296
9297 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9298 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
9299 {
9300 int len;
9301
9302 len = exp_end - exp_start;
9303 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
9304 len--;
9305 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
9306 }
9307
9308 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9309 mark = value_mark ();
9310 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
9311
9312 if (just_location)
9313 {
9314 int ret;
9315
9316 exp_valid_block = NULL;
9317 val = value_addr (result);
9318 release_value (val);
9319 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9320
9321 if (use_mask)
9322 {
9323 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
9324 mask);
9325 if (ret == -1)
9326 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9327 else if (ret == -2)
9328 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9329 }
9330 }
9331 else if (val != NULL)
9332 release_value (val);
9333
9334 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
9335 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
9336
9337 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9338 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9339 {
9340 struct expression *cond;
9341
9342 innermost_block = NULL;
9343 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9344 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
9345
9346 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9347 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9348 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
9349
9350 xfree (cond);
9351 cond_end = tok;
9352 }
9353 if (*tok)
9354 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9355
9356 if (accessflag == hw_read)
9357 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
9358 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
9359 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
9360 else
9361 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9362
9363 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
9364
9365 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9366 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9367 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9368 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9369 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
9370 {
9371 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9372 {
9373 scope_breakpoint
9374 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9375 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
9376 bp_watchpoint_scope,
9377 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9378
9379 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9380
9381 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9382 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
9383
9384 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9385 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
9386
9387 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9388 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
9389 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
9390 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
9391 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9392 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
9393 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
9394 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
9395 scope_breakpoint->type);
9396 }
9397 }
9398
9399 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9400
9401 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
9402 b = &w->base;
9403 if (use_mask)
9404 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9405 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9406 else
9407 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
9408 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
9409 b->thread = thread;
9410 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9411 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9412 w->exp = exp;
9413 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
9414 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
9415 if (just_location)
9416 {
9417 struct type *t = value_type (val);
9418 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
9419 char *name;
9420
9421 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
9422 name = type_to_string (t);
9423
9424 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
9425 core_addr_to_string (addr));
9426 xfree (name);
9427
9428 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9429 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
9430
9431 /* The above expression is in C. */
9432 b->language = language_c;
9433 }
9434 else
9435 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
9436
9437 if (use_mask)
9438 {
9439 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
9440 }
9441 else
9442 {
9443 w->val = val;
9444 w->val_valid = 1;
9445 }
9446
9447 if (cond_start)
9448 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9449 else
9450 b->cond_string = 0;
9451
9452 if (frame)
9453 {
9454 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
9455 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
9456 }
9457 else
9458 {
9459 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
9460 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
9461 }
9462
9463 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
9464 {
9465 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9466 need to act on them together. */
9467 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
9468 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
9469 }
9470
9471 if (!just_location)
9472 value_free_to_mark (mark);
9473
9474 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9475 {
9476 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9477 that should be inserted. */
9478 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
9479 }
9480 if (e.reason < 0)
9481 {
9482 delete_breakpoint (b);
9483 throw_exception (e);
9484 }
9485
9486 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
9487 }
9488
9489 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9490 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9491
9492 static int
9493 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
9494 {
9495 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
9496 struct value *head = v;
9497
9498 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9499 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
9500 return 0;
9501
9502 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9503 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9504 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9505 hardware watchpoint.
9506
9507 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9508 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9509 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9510 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9511 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9512 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9513 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9514 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9515 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9516
9517 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9518 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9519 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9520 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9521 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
9522 {
9523 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
9524 {
9525 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
9526 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9527 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9528 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9529 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9530 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9531 ;
9532 else
9533 {
9534 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9535 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9536 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
9537
9538 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9539 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9540 middle of some value chain. */
9541 if (v == head
9542 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9543 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
9544 {
9545 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
9546 int len;
9547 int num_regs;
9548
9549 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
9550 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
9551 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
9552
9553 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
9554 if (!num_regs)
9555 return 0;
9556 else
9557 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
9558 }
9559 }
9560 }
9561 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
9562 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
9563 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9564 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
9565 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9566 }
9567
9568 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9569 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9570 return found_memory_cnt;
9571 }
9572
9573 void
9574 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9575 {
9576 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
9577 }
9578
9579 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9580 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9581 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9582 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9583
9584 static int
9585 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
9586 {
9587 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
9588 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
9589 {
9590 *str += arg_len;
9591 return 1;
9592 }
9593 return 0;
9594 }
9595
9596 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9597 calls watch_command_1. */
9598
9599 static void
9600 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
9601 {
9602 int just_location = 0;
9603
9604 if (arg
9605 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9606 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9607 {
9608 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9609 just_location = 1;
9610 }
9611
9612 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
9613 }
9614
9615 static void
9616 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9617 {
9618 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
9619 }
9620
9621 void
9622 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9623 {
9624 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
9625 }
9626
9627 static void
9628 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9629 {
9630 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
9631 }
9632
9633 void
9634 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
9635 {
9636 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
9637 }
9638
9639 static void
9640 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9641 {
9642 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
9643 }
9644 \f
9645
9646 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9647 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9648
9649 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9650 {
9651 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9652 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
9653 int thread_num;
9654 };
9655
9656 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9657 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9658 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9659 command. */
9660 static void
9661 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
9662 {
9663 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
9664
9665 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
9666 if (a->breakpoint2)
9667 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
9668 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
9669 }
9670
9671 void
9672 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
9673 {
9674 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9675 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9676 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
9677 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
9678 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
9679 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9680 int thread;
9681 struct thread_info *tp;
9682
9683 clear_proceed_status ();
9684
9685 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9686 this function. */
9687
9688 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9689 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1,
9690 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9691 get_last_displayed_line (),
9692 NULL);
9693 else
9694 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
9695
9696 if (sals.nelts != 1)
9697 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9698
9699 sal = sals.sals[0];
9700 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9701
9702 if (*arg)
9703 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9704
9705 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
9706
9707 if (anywhere)
9708 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9709 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9710 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9711 null_frame_id, bp_until);
9712 else
9713 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9714 only at the very same frame. */
9715 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame), sal,
9716 get_stack_frame_id (frame),
9717 bp_until);
9718
9719 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
9720
9721 tp = inferior_thread ();
9722 thread = tp->num;
9723
9724 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9725 one. */
9726
9727 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
9728 {
9729 sal = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
9730 sal.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
9731 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
9732 sal,
9733 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame),
9734 bp_until);
9735 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
9736
9737 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame));
9738 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
9739 }
9740
9741 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
9742
9743 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9744 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9745 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9746 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9747
9748 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
9749 {
9750 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
9751 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
9752
9753 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
9754 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
9755 args->thread_num = thread;
9756
9757 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9758 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9759 until_break_command_continuation, args,
9760 xfree);
9761 }
9762 else
9763 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9764 }
9765
9766 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9767 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9768
9769 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9770 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9771 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9772 if clause in the arg string. */
9773
9774 static char *
9775 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
9776 {
9777 char *cond_string;
9778
9779 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
9780 return NULL;
9781
9782 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9783 (*arg) += 2;
9784
9785 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9786 condition string. */
9787 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
9788 cond_string = *arg;
9789
9790 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9791 string. */
9792 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
9793
9794 return cond_string;
9795 }
9796
9797 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9798 process start/exit, etc. */
9799
9800 typedef enum
9801 {
9802 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
9803 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
9804 }
9805 catch_fork_kind;
9806
9807 static void
9808 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9809 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9810 {
9811 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9812 char *cond_string = NULL;
9813 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
9814 int tempflag;
9815
9816 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
9817 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
9818 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
9819
9820 if (!arg)
9821 arg = "";
9822 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9823
9824 /* The allowed syntax is:
9825 catch [v]fork
9826 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9827
9828 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9829 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9830
9831 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9832 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9833
9834 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9835 and enable reporting of such events. */
9836 switch (fork_kind)
9837 {
9838 case catch_fork_temporary:
9839 case catch_fork_permanent:
9840 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9841 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
9842 break;
9843 case catch_vfork_temporary:
9844 case catch_vfork_permanent:
9845 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9846 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
9847 break;
9848 default:
9849 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9850 break;
9851 }
9852 }
9853
9854 static void
9855 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
9856 struct cmd_list_element *command)
9857 {
9858 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
9859 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9860 int tempflag;
9861 char *cond_string = NULL;
9862
9863 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
9864
9865 if (!arg)
9866 arg = "";
9867 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9868
9869 /* The allowed syntax is:
9870 catch exec
9871 catch exec if <cond>
9872
9873 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9874 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
9875
9876 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
9877 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9878
9879 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
9880 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
9881 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
9882 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
9883
9884 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9885 }
9886
9887 static enum print_stop_action
9888 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
9889 {
9890 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9891 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9892 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
9893
9894 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
9895
9896 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9897 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
9898 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
9899 b->loc->address,
9900 b->number, 1);
9901 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9902 ui_out_text (uiout,
9903 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
9904 : "Catchpoint ");
9905 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9906 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9907 ui_out_text (uiout,
9908 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
9909 : " (exception caught), ");
9910 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9911 {
9912 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9913 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9914 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9915 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9916 }
9917 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9918 }
9919
9920 static void
9921 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9922 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9923 {
9924 struct value_print_options opts;
9925 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9926
9927 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9928 if (opts.addressprint)
9929 {
9930 annotate_field (4);
9931 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
9932 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9933 else
9934 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
9935 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
9936 }
9937 annotate_field (5);
9938 if (b->loc)
9939 *last_loc = b->loc;
9940 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
9941 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
9942 else
9943 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
9944 }
9945
9946 static void
9947 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9948 {
9949 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9950 int bp_temp;
9951 int bp_throw;
9952
9953 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9954 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9955 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9956 : _("Catchpoint "));
9957 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9958 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
9959 : _(" (catch)"));
9960 }
9961
9962 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9963 catch catchpoints. */
9964
9965 static void
9966 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9967 struct ui_file *fp)
9968 {
9969 int bp_temp;
9970 int bp_throw;
9971
9972 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
9973 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
9974 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9975 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
9976 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9977 }
9978
9979 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
9980
9981 static int
9982 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
9983 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
9984 {
9985 char *trigger_func_name;
9986
9987 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
9988 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
9989 else
9990 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
9991
9992 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9993 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
9994 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9995 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
9996 0,
9997 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
9998 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
9999 1 /* enabled */,
10000 0 /* internal */);
10001
10002 return 1;
10003 }
10004
10005 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
10006
10007 static void
10008 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
10009 int tempflag, int from_tty)
10010 {
10011 char *cond_string = NULL;
10012
10013 if (!arg)
10014 arg = "";
10015 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10016
10017 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10018
10019 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10020 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10021
10022 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
10023 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10024 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10025
10026 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
10027 return;
10028
10029 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10030 }
10031
10032 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10033
10034 static void
10035 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10036 {
10037 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10038
10039 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10040 }
10041
10042 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10043
10044 static void
10045 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10046 {
10047 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10048
10049 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10050 }
10051
10052 void
10053 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10054 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10055 struct symtab_and_line sal,
10056 char *addr_string,
10057 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
10058 int tempflag,
10059 int from_tty)
10060 {
10061 if (from_tty)
10062 {
10063 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
10064 if (!loc_gdbarch)
10065 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
10066
10067 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
10068 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
10069 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10070 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10071 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10072 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10073 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10074 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10075 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10076 enough for now, though. */
10077 }
10078
10079 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
10080
10081 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10082 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10083 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10084 b->language = language_ada;
10085 }
10086
10087 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10088 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10089 static VEC(int) *
10090 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10091 {
10092 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10093 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
10094
10095 while (*arg != '\0')
10096 {
10097 int i, syscall_number;
10098 char *endptr;
10099 char cur_name[128];
10100 struct syscall s;
10101
10102 /* Skip whitespace. */
10103 while (isspace (*arg))
10104 arg++;
10105
10106 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10107 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10108 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10109 arg += i;
10110
10111 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10112 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10113 if (*endptr == '\0')
10114 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10115 else
10116 {
10117 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10118 to a number. */
10119 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10120
10121 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10122 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10123 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10124 syscall number to be caught. */
10125 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10126 }
10127
10128 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10129 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10130 }
10131
10132 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10133 return result;
10134 }
10135
10136 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10137
10138 static void
10139 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10140 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10141 {
10142 int tempflag;
10143 VEC(int) *filter;
10144 struct syscall s;
10145 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10146
10147 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10148 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10149 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10150 this architecture yet."));
10151
10152 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10153
10154 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10155
10156 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10157 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10158 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10159 for his/her architecture. */
10160 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10161
10162 /* The allowed syntax is:
10163 catch syscall
10164 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10165
10166 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10167
10168 if (arg != NULL)
10169 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10170 else
10171 filter = NULL;
10172
10173 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10174 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10175 }
10176
10177 static void
10178 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10179 {
10180 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10181 }
10182 \f
10183
10184 static void
10185 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10186 {
10187 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10188 }
10189
10190 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10191
10192 static void
10193 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10194 {
10195 struct breakpoint *b;
10196 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10197 int ix;
10198 int default_match;
10199 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10200 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10201 int i;
10202
10203 if (arg)
10204 {
10205 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
10206 default_match = 0;
10207 }
10208 else
10209 {
10210 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
10211 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
10212 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
10213 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10214
10215 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10216 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10217 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10218 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
10219 if (sal.symtab == 0)
10220 error (_("No source file specified."));
10221
10222 sals.sals[0] = sal;
10223 sals.nelts = 1;
10224
10225 default_match = 1;
10226 }
10227
10228 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10229 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10230 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10231 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10232
10233 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10234 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10235 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10236 due to optimization, all in one block.
10237
10238 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10239 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10240 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10241 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10242 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10243 to support that. */
10244
10245 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10246 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10247 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10248 breakpoint. */
10249
10250 found = NULL;
10251 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
10252 {
10253 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10254 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10255 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10256 or at default pc.
10257
10258 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10259
10260 0 1 pc
10261 1 1 pc _and_ line
10262 0 0 line
10263 1 0 <can't happen> */
10264
10265 sal = sals.sals[i];
10266
10267 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10268 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10269 {
10270 int match = 0;
10271 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10272 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
10273 {
10274 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10275 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10276 {
10277 int pc_match = sal.pc
10278 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
10279 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
10280 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
10281 || loc->section == sal.section);
10282 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
10283 && b->source_file != NULL
10284 && sal.symtab != NULL
10285 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
10286 && filename_cmp (b->source_file,
10287 sal.symtab->filename) == 0
10288 && b->line_number == sal.line);
10289 if (pc_match || line_match)
10290 {
10291 match = 1;
10292 break;
10293 }
10294 }
10295 }
10296
10297 if (match)
10298 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
10299 }
10300 }
10301 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10302 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
10303 {
10304 if (arg)
10305 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
10306 else
10307 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10308 }
10309
10310 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
10311 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10312 if (from_tty)
10313 {
10314 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
10315 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10316 else
10317 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10318 }
10319 breakpoints_changed ();
10320
10321 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
10322 {
10323 if (from_tty)
10324 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
10325 delete_breakpoint (b);
10326 }
10327 if (from_tty)
10328 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10329 }
10330 \f
10331 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10332 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10333 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10334
10335 void
10336 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
10337 {
10338 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
10339
10340 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
10341 if (bs->breakpoint_at
10342 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
10343 && bs->stop)
10344 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
10345
10346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
10347 {
10348 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
10349 delete_breakpoint (b);
10350 }
10351 }
10352
10353 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10354 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10355 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10356 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10357 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10358 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
10359
10360 static int
10361 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
10362 {
10363 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
10364 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
10365 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10366 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10367 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
10368
10369 if (a->address != b->address)
10370 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
10371
10372 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10373 if (a_perm != b_perm)
10374 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
10375
10376 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10377 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10378
10379 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
10380 return (a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
10381 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number);
10382
10383 return (a > b) - (a < b);
10384 }
10385
10386 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10387 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10388 content of the bp_location array. */
10389
10390 static void
10391 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10392 {
10393 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10394
10395 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
10396 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
10397
10398 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10399 {
10400 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
10401
10402 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
10403 continue;
10404
10405 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
10406 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
10407
10408 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
10409 addr = bl->address - start;
10410 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
10411 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
10412
10413 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10414
10415 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
10416 addr = end - bl->address;
10417 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
10418 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
10419 }
10420 }
10421
10422 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
10423
10424 static void
10425 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
10426 {
10427 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
10428 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10429
10430 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
10431 return;
10432
10433 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10434
10435 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
10436 {
10437 struct tracepoint *t;
10438
10439 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
10440 continue;
10441
10442 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
10443 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
10444 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
10445 continue;
10446
10447 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
10448 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
10449 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
10450 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
10451 continue;
10452
10453 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
10454
10455 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
10456
10457 bl->inserted = 1;
10458 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
10459 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
10460 }
10461
10462 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10463 }
10464
10465 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
10466
10467 static void
10468 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
10469 {
10470 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
10471 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
10472 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
10473
10474 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
10475 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
10476 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
10477 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
10478 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
10479
10480 left->inserted = right->inserted;
10481 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
10482 left->target_info = right->target_info;
10483 right->inserted = left_inserted;
10484 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
10485 right->target_info = left_target_info;
10486 }
10487
10488 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10489 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10490 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10491 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10492 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10493 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10494 returns true on them.
10495
10496 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10497 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10498 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10499 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10500 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10501 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10502
10503 static void
10504 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
10505 {
10506 struct breakpoint *b;
10507 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
10508 struct cleanup *cleanups;
10509
10510 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10511 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10512 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10513 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10514 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10515 once. */
10516 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
10517 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
10518 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
10519 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
10520
10521 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10522 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10523 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
10524 unsigned old_location_count;
10525
10526 old_location = bp_location;
10527 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
10528 bp_location = NULL;
10529 bp_location_count = 0;
10530 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
10531
10532 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10533 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10534 bp_location_count++;
10535
10536 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
10537 locp = bp_location;
10538 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
10539 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
10540 *locp++ = loc;
10541 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
10542 bp_location_compare);
10543
10544 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10545
10546 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10547 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10548 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10549 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10550 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10551 location.
10552
10553 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10554 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10555
10556 locp = bp_location;
10557 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
10558 old_locp++)
10559 {
10560 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
10561 struct bp_location **loc2p;
10562
10563 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
10564 not, we have to free it. */
10565 int found_object = 0;
10566 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10567 int keep_in_target = 0;
10568 int removed = 0;
10569
10570 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10571 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10572 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
10573 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
10574 locp++;
10575
10576 for (loc2p = locp;
10577 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10578 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10579 loc2p++)
10580 {
10581 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
10582 {
10583 found_object = 1;
10584 break;
10585 }
10586 }
10587
10588 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10589 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10590 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10591 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10592 at certain location is not inserted. */
10593
10594 if (old_loc->inserted)
10595 {
10596 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10597 it. */
10598
10599 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
10600 {
10601 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10602 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10603 keep_in_target = 1;
10604 }
10605 else
10606 {
10607 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10608 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10609 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10610 this one from the target. */
10611
10612 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10613 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
10614 {
10615 for (loc2p = locp;
10616 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
10617 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
10618 loc2p++)
10619 {
10620 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
10621
10622 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
10623 {
10624 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10625 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10626 supported, but the latter are. */
10627 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10628 {
10629 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
10630 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
10631 }
10632
10633 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
10634 if it should be inserted in case it will be
10635 unduplicated. */
10636 if (loc2 != old_loc
10637 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
10638 {
10639 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
10640 keep_in_target = 1;
10641 break;
10642 }
10643 }
10644 }
10645 }
10646 }
10647
10648 if (!keep_in_target)
10649 {
10650 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
10651 {
10652 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10653 this location on the global list, and try to
10654 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10655 reason why we will succeed next time.
10656
10657 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10658 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10659 only after calling us. */
10660 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10661 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10662 old_loc->owner->number);
10663 }
10664 removed = 1;
10665 }
10666 }
10667
10668 if (!found_object)
10669 {
10670 if (removed && non_stop
10671 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
10672 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
10673 {
10674 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10675 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10676 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10677 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10678 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10679 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10680 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10681 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10682 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10683 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10684 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10685 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10686 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10687 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10688 SIGTRAP.
10689
10690 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10691 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10692
10693 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10694 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10695 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10696 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10697 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10698 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10699 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10700 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10701 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10702 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10703 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10704 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10705 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10706 thread_count.
10707
10708 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10709 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10710 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10711 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10712
10713 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10714 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10715 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10716 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10717 traps we can no longer explain. */
10718
10719 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10720 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10721
10722 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
10723 }
10724 else
10725 {
10726 old_loc->owner = NULL;
10727 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
10728 }
10729 }
10730 }
10731
10732 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10733 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10734 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10735 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10736 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10737 are sorted first for the same address.
10738
10739 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10740 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10741
10742 bp_loc_first = NULL;
10743 wp_loc_first = NULL;
10744 awp_loc_first = NULL;
10745 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
10746 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
10747 {
10748 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10749 non-NULL. */
10750 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
10751 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
10752
10753 if (b->enable_state == bp_disabled
10754 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled
10755 || b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled
10756 || !loc->enabled
10757 || loc->shlib_disabled
10758 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
10759 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
10760 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
10761 `struct bp_location'. */
10762 || is_tracepoint (b))
10763 continue;
10764
10765 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10766 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
10767 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10768 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10769 "actually inserted"));
10770
10771 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
10772 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
10773 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
10774 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
10775 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
10776 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
10777 else
10778 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
10779
10780 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
10781 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
10782 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
10783 {
10784 *loc_first_p = loc;
10785 loc->duplicate = 0;
10786 continue;
10787 }
10788
10789
10790 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
10791 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
10792 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
10793 if (loc->inserted)
10794 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
10795 loc->duplicate = 1;
10796
10797 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
10798 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
10799 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10800 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10801 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10802 }
10803
10804 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10805 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10806 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
10807 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10808
10809 if (should_insert)
10810 download_tracepoint_locations ();
10811
10812 do_cleanups (cleanups);
10813 }
10814
10815 void
10816 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10817 {
10818 struct bp_location *loc;
10819 int ix;
10820
10821 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
10822 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
10823 {
10824 decref_bp_location (&loc);
10825 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
10826 --ix;
10827 }
10828 }
10829
10830 static void
10831 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
10832 {
10833 struct gdb_exception e;
10834
10835 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
10836 update_global_location_list (inserting);
10837 }
10838
10839 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10840
10841 static void
10842 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
10843 {
10844 bpstat bs;
10845
10846 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
10847 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
10848 {
10849 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
10850 bs->old_val = NULL;
10851 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10852 }
10853 }
10854
10855 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10856 static int
10857 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
10858 {
10859 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
10860
10861 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
10862 return 0;
10863 }
10864
10865 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
10866 callbacks. */
10867
10868 static void
10869 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
10870 {
10871 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10872 struct value_print_options opts;
10873
10874 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10875
10876 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
10877 single string. */
10878 if (b->loc == NULL)
10879 {
10880 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
10881 }
10882 else
10883 {
10884 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
10885 {
10886 printf_filtered (" at ");
10887 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
10888 gdb_stdout);
10889 }
10890 if (b->source_file)
10891 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
10892 b->source_file, b->line_number);
10893
10894 if (b->loc->next)
10895 {
10896 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
10897 int n = 0;
10898 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
10899 ++n;
10900 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
10901 }
10902 }
10903 }
10904
10905 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
10906
10907 static void
10908 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
10909 {
10910 xfree (self->cond);
10911 xfree (self->function_name);
10912 }
10913
10914 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
10915 {
10916 bp_location_dtor
10917 };
10918
10919 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
10920 inherit from. */
10921
10922 static void
10923 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
10924 {
10925 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
10926 xfree (self->cond_string);
10927 xfree (self->addr_string);
10928 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
10929 xfree (self->source_file);
10930 }
10931
10932 static struct bp_location *
10933 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
10934 {
10935 struct bp_location *loc;
10936
10937 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
10938 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
10939 return loc;
10940 }
10941
10942 static void
10943 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
10944 {
10945 /* Nothing to re-set. */
10946 }
10947
10948 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
10949 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
10950
10951 static int
10952 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10953 {
10954 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10955 }
10956
10957 static int
10958 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
10959 {
10960 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10961 }
10962
10963 static int
10964 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
10965 struct address_space *aspace,
10966 CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
10967 {
10968 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10969 }
10970
10971 static void
10972 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
10973 {
10974 /* Always stop. */
10975 }
10976
10977 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10978 errors. */
10979
10980 static int
10981 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
10982 {
10983 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10984 }
10985
10986 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
10987 errors. */
10988
10989 static int
10990 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
10991 {
10992 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10993 }
10994
10995 static enum print_stop_action
10996 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
10997 {
10998 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
10999 }
11000
11001 static void
11002 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11003 struct ui_out *uiout)
11004 {
11005 /* nothing */
11006 }
11007
11008 static void
11009 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11010 {
11011 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11012 }
11013
11014 static void
11015 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11016 {
11017 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11018 }
11019
11020 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
11021 {
11022 base_breakpoint_dtor,
11023 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
11024 base_breakpoint_re_set,
11025 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
11026 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
11027 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
11028 base_breakpoint_check_status,
11029 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
11030 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
11031 base_breakpoint_print_it,
11032 NULL,
11033 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
11034 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
11035 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
11036 };
11037
11038 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11039
11040 static void
11041 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11042 {
11043 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11044 if (b->enable_state == bp_startup_disabled)
11045 return;
11046
11047 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11048 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
11049 {
11050 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11051 delete_breakpoint (b);
11052 return;
11053 }
11054
11055 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11056 }
11057
11058 static int
11059 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11060 {
11061 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
11062 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
11063 &bl->target_info);
11064 else
11065 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
11066 &bl->target_info);
11067 }
11068
11069 static int
11070 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11071 {
11072 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
11073 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
11074 else
11075 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
11076 }
11077
11078 static int
11079 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11080 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
11081 {
11082 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
11083
11084 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
11085 aspace, bp_addr))
11086 return 0;
11087
11088 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
11089 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
11090 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
11091 return 0;
11092
11093 return 1;
11094 }
11095
11096 static int
11097 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11098 {
11099 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
11100
11101 return 1;
11102 }
11103
11104 static enum print_stop_action
11105 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11106 {
11107 struct breakpoint *b;
11108 const struct bp_location *bl;
11109 int bp_temp;
11110 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11111
11112 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
11113
11114 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
11115 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11116
11117 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11118 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
11119 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
11120 bl->address,
11121 b->number, 1);
11122 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
11123 if (bp_temp)
11124 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
11125 else
11126 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
11127 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11128 {
11129 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11130 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11131 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11132 }
11133 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11134 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
11135
11136 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11137 }
11138
11139 static void
11140 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11141 {
11142 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11143 return;
11144
11145 switch (b->type)
11146 {
11147 case bp_breakpoint:
11148 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
11149 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
11150 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
11151 else
11152 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
11153 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11154 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
11155 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
11156 break;
11157 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
11158 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
11159 break;
11160 }
11161
11162 say_where (b);
11163 }
11164
11165 static void
11166 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
11167 {
11168 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11169 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
11170 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
11171 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
11172 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
11173 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
11174 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
11175 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
11176 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
11177 else
11178 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11179 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
11180
11181 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
11182 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
11183 }
11184
11185 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
11186
11187 static void
11188 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11189 {
11190 switch (b->type)
11191 {
11192 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
11193 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11194 case bp_overlay_event:
11195 case bp_longjmp_master:
11196 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11197 case bp_exception_master:
11198 delete_breakpoint (b);
11199 break;
11200
11201 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11202 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11203 case bp_shlib_event:
11204
11205 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
11206 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11207 case bp_thread_event:
11208 break;
11209 }
11210 }
11211
11212 static void
11213 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11214 {
11215 /* We do not stop for these. */
11216 bs->stop = 0;
11217 }
11218
11219 static enum print_stop_action
11220 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11221 {
11222 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11223 struct breakpoint *b;
11224
11225 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11226
11227 switch (b->type)
11228 {
11229 case bp_shlib_event:
11230 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
11231 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
11232 to shlib event" message.) */
11233 ui_out_text (uiout, _("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
11234 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11235 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11236 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
11237 break;
11238
11239 case bp_thread_event:
11240 /* Not sure how we will get here.
11241 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
11242 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11243 break;
11244
11245 case bp_overlay_event:
11246 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
11247 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11248 break;
11249
11250 case bp_longjmp_master:
11251 /* These should never be enabled. */
11252 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
11253 break;
11254
11255 case bp_std_terminate_master:
11256 /* These should never be enabled. */
11257 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
11258 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11259 break;
11260
11261 case bp_exception_master:
11262 /* These should never be enabled. */
11263 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
11264 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
11265 break;
11266 }
11267
11268 return PRINT_NOTHING;
11269 }
11270
11271 static void
11272 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11273 {
11274 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11275 }
11276
11277 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
11278
11279 static void
11280 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11281 {
11282 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
11283 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
11284 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
11285 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
11286 }
11287
11288 static void
11289 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
11290 {
11291 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
11292 }
11293
11294 static enum print_stop_action
11295 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
11296 {
11297 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11298
11299 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11300 {
11301 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11302
11303 switch (b->type)
11304 {
11305 case bp_finish:
11306 ui_out_field_string
11307 (uiout, "reason",
11308 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
11309 break;
11310
11311 case bp_until:
11312 ui_out_field_string
11313 (uiout, "reason",
11314 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
11315 break;
11316 }
11317 }
11318
11319 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11320 }
11321
11322 static void
11323 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11324 {
11325 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
11326 }
11327
11328 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
11329
11330 static void
11331 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11332 {
11333 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
11334 }
11335
11336 static int
11337 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11338 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
11339 {
11340 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
11341 tracepoints. */
11342 return 0;
11343 }
11344
11345 static void
11346 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11347 struct ui_out *uiout)
11348 {
11349 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11350 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
11351 {
11352 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
11353
11354 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
11355 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
11356 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11357 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11358 }
11359 }
11360
11361 static void
11362 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11363 {
11364 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
11365 return;
11366
11367 switch (b->type)
11368 {
11369 case bp_tracepoint:
11370 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
11371 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11372 break;
11373 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
11374 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
11375 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11376 break;
11377 case bp_static_tracepoint:
11378 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
11379 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
11380 break;
11381 default:
11382 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11383 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
11384 }
11385
11386 say_where (b);
11387 }
11388
11389 static void
11390 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
11391 {
11392 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
11393
11394 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
11395 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
11396 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
11397 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
11398 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
11399 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
11400 else
11401 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11402 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
11403
11404 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
11405 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
11406
11407 if (tp->pass_count)
11408 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
11409 }
11410
11411 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
11412
11413 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
11414 structures. */
11415
11416 void
11417 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
11418 {
11419 struct breakpoint *b;
11420
11421 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
11422
11423 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
11424 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
11425 especial culprits.
11426
11427 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
11428 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
11429 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
11430 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
11431 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
11432 deleted.
11433
11434 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
11435 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
11436 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
11437 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
11438 was chosen. */
11439 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
11440 return;
11441
11442 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
11443 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
11444 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
11445 {
11446 struct breakpoint *related;
11447 struct watchpoint *w;
11448
11449 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11450 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
11451 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
11452 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
11453 else
11454 w = NULL;
11455 if (w != NULL)
11456 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
11457
11458 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
11459 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
11460 related = related->related_breakpoint);
11461 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
11462 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
11463 }
11464
11465 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
11466 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
11467 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
11468 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
11469 if (bpt->number)
11470 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
11471
11472 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
11473 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
11474
11475 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11476 if (b->next == bpt)
11477 {
11478 b->next = bpt->next;
11479 break;
11480 }
11481
11482 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
11483 been freed. */
11484 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
11485 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
11486 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
11487 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
11488 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
11489 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
11490 commands won't work. */
11491
11492 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
11493
11494 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
11495 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
11496 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
11497 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
11498 might be better design to have location completely
11499 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
11500 update_global_location_list (0);
11501
11502 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
11503 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
11504 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
11505 bpt->type = bp_none;
11506 xfree (bpt);
11507 }
11508
11509 static void
11510 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
11511 {
11512 delete_breakpoint (b);
11513 }
11514
11515 struct cleanup *
11516 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11517 {
11518 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
11519 }
11520
11521 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
11522 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
11523
11524 static void
11525 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
11526 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
11527 void *),
11528 void *data)
11529 {
11530 struct breakpoint *related;
11531
11532 related = b;
11533 do
11534 {
11535 struct breakpoint *next;
11536
11537 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
11538 next = related->related_breakpoint;
11539
11540 if (next == related)
11541 {
11542 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
11543 function (related, data);
11544
11545 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
11546 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
11547 out. */
11548 break;
11549 }
11550 else
11551 function (related, data);
11552
11553 related = next;
11554 }
11555 while (related != b);
11556 }
11557
11558 static void
11559 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11560 {
11561 delete_breakpoint (b);
11562 }
11563
11564 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11565 delete_breakpoint. */
11566
11567 static void
11568 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
11569 {
11570 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11571 }
11572
11573 void
11574 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11575 {
11576 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11577
11578 dont_repeat ();
11579
11580 if (arg == 0)
11581 {
11582 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
11583
11584 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
11585 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
11586 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
11587 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11588 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11589 {
11590 breaks_to_delete = 1;
11591 break;
11592 }
11593
11594 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
11595 if (!from_tty
11596 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
11597 {
11598 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11599 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
11600 delete_breakpoint (b);
11601 }
11602 }
11603 else
11604 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
11605 }
11606
11607 static int
11608 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
11609 {
11610 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11611 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
11612 return 0;
11613 return 1;
11614 }
11615
11616 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
11617 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
11618 Null names are ignored. */
11619
11620 static int
11621 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
11622 {
11623 struct bp_location *l;
11624 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
11625 (int (*) (const void *,
11626 const void *)) streq,
11627 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
11628
11629 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
11630 {
11631 const char **slot;
11632 const char *name = l->function_name;
11633
11634 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11635 if (name == NULL)
11636 continue;
11637
11638 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
11639 INSERT);
11640 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11641 returns NULL. */
11642 if (*slot != NULL)
11643 {
11644 htab_delete (htab);
11645 return 1;
11646 }
11647 *slot = name;
11648 }
11649
11650 htab_delete (htab);
11651 return 0;
11652 }
11653
11654 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11655 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11656 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11657 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11658 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11659 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11660 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11661 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11662 The heuristic is:
11663
11664 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11665 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11666 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11667 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11668 in the sources, and output a warning.
11669
11670 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11671 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11672 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11673 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11674 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11675 warning.
11676
11677 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11678 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11679 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11680 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11681 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11682 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11683 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11684 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11685 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11686
11687 static struct symtab_and_line
11688 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
11689 {
11690 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11691 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
11692 CORE_ADDR pc;
11693 int i;
11694
11695 pc = sal.pc;
11696 if (sal.line)
11697 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
11698
11699 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
11700 {
11701 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
11702 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11703 b->number,
11704 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
11705
11706 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11707 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
11708 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
11709
11710 return sal;
11711 }
11712
11713 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11714 by string ID. */
11715 if (!sal.explicit_pc
11716 && sal.line != 0
11717 && sal.symtab != NULL
11718 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
11719 {
11720 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
11721
11722 markers
11723 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11724
11725 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
11726 {
11727 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11728 struct symbol *sym;
11729 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
11730 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11731
11732 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
11733
11734 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11735 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker->str_id);
11736
11737 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11738 "found at previous line number"),
11739 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11740
11741 init_sal (&sal);
11742
11743 sal.pc = marker->address;
11744
11745 sal = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
11746 sym = find_pc_sect_function (marker->address, NULL);
11747 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
11748 if (sym)
11749 {
11750 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
11751 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
11752 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
11753 }
11754 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal.symtab->filename);
11755 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
11756
11757 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11758 {
11759 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
11760
11761 if (fullname)
11762 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
11763 }
11764
11765 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal.line);
11766 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11767
11768 b->line_number = sal.line;
11769
11770 xfree (b->source_file);
11771 if (sym)
11772 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
11773 else
11774 b->source_file = NULL;
11775
11776 xfree (b->addr_string);
11777 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11778 sal.symtab->filename, b->line_number);
11779
11780 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11781 so. */
11782
11783 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
11784 }
11785 }
11786 return sal;
11787 }
11788
11789 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11790 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11791
11792 static int
11793 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
11794 {
11795 while (a && b)
11796 {
11797 if (a->address != b->address)
11798 return 0;
11799
11800 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
11801 return 0;
11802
11803 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
11804 return 0;
11805
11806 a = a->next;
11807 b = b->next;
11808 }
11809
11810 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
11811 return 0;
11812
11813 return 1;
11814 }
11815
11816 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11817 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11818 a ranged breakpoint. */
11819
11820 void
11821 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
11822 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
11823 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
11824 {
11825 int i;
11826 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
11827
11828 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11829 gdb_assert (sals_end.nelts == 0 || (sals.nelts == 1 && sals_end.nelts == 1));
11830
11831 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11832 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11833 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11834 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11835 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11836 individual locations. */
11837 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
11838 return;
11839
11840 b->loc = NULL;
11841
11842 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
11843 {
11844 struct bp_location *new_loc =
11845 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
11846
11847 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11848 old symtab. */
11849 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
11850 {
11851 char *s;
11852 struct gdb_exception e;
11853
11854 s = b->cond_string;
11855 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11856 {
11857 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
11858 0);
11859 }
11860 if (e.reason < 0)
11861 {
11862 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11863 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11864 b->number, e.message);
11865 new_loc->enabled = 0;
11866 }
11867 }
11868
11869 if (b->source_file != NULL)
11870 xfree (b->source_file);
11871 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
11872 b->source_file = NULL;
11873 else
11874 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
11875
11876 if (b->line_number == 0)
11877 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
11878
11879 if (sals_end.nelts)
11880 {
11881 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
11882
11883 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
11884 }
11885 }
11886
11887 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11888 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
11889 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
11890
11891 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11892 breakpoints. */
11893 {
11894 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
11895 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11896 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11897 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11898 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11899 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11900 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
11901
11902 for (; e; e = e->next)
11903 {
11904 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
11905 {
11906 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
11907 if (have_ambiguous_names)
11908 {
11909 for (; l; l = l->next)
11910 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
11911 {
11912 l->enabled = 0;
11913 break;
11914 }
11915 }
11916 else
11917 {
11918 for (; l; l = l->next)
11919 if (l->function_name
11920 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
11921 {
11922 l->enabled = 0;
11923 break;
11924 }
11925 }
11926 }
11927 }
11928 }
11929
11930 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
11931 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
11932
11933 update_global_location_list (1);
11934 }
11935
11936 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11937 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11938
11939 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11940 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
11941 {
11942 char *s;
11943 int marker_spec;
11944 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
11945 struct gdb_exception e;
11946
11947 s = addr_string;
11948 marker_spec = b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && is_marker_spec (s);
11949
11950 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11951 {
11952 if (marker_spec)
11953 {
11954 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
11955
11956 sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
11957 if (sals.nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
11958 {
11959 sals.sals[0] = sals.sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
11960 sals.nelts = 1;
11961 }
11962 else
11963 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
11964 }
11965 else
11966 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
11967 }
11968 if (e.reason < 0)
11969 {
11970 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
11971 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11972 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11973 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11974 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11975 state, then user already saw the message about that
11976 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11977 errors. */
11978 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11979 && (b->condition_not_parsed
11980 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11981 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
11982 not_found_and_ok = 1;
11983
11984 if (!not_found_and_ok)
11985 {
11986 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11987 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11988 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11989 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11990 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11991 which approach is better. */
11992 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
11993 throw_exception (e);
11994 }
11995 }
11996
11997 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
11998 {
11999 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
12000
12001 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
12002 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
12003 {
12004 char *cond_string = 0;
12005 int thread = -1;
12006 int task = 0;
12007
12008 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
12009 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
12010 if (cond_string)
12011 b->cond_string = cond_string;
12012 b->thread = thread;
12013 b->task = task;
12014 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
12015 }
12016
12017 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !marker_spec)
12018 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
12019
12020 *found = 1;
12021 }
12022 else
12023 *found = 0;
12024
12025 return sals;
12026 }
12027
12028 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
12029 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
12030 locations. */
12031
12032 static void
12033 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
12034 {
12035 int found;
12036 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
12037 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
12038 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
12039
12040 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
12041 if (found)
12042 {
12043 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12044 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
12045 }
12046
12047 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
12048 {
12049 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
12050 if (found)
12051 {
12052 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
12053 expanded_end = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end.sals[0]);
12054 }
12055 }
12056
12057 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
12058 }
12059
12060 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
12061
12062 static struct cleanup *
12063 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
12064 {
12065 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12066
12067 input_radix = b->input_radix;
12068 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12069 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
12070 set_language (b->language);
12071
12072 return cleanups;
12073 }
12074
12075 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
12076 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
12077 Unused in this case. */
12078
12079 static int
12080 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
12081 {
12082 /* Get past catch_errs. */
12083 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
12084 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12085
12086 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
12087 b->ops->re_set (b);
12088 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12089 return 0;
12090 }
12091
12092 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
12093 void
12094 breakpoint_re_set (void)
12095 {
12096 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12097 enum language save_language;
12098 int save_input_radix;
12099 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12100
12101 save_language = current_language->la_language;
12102 save_input_radix = input_radix;
12103 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
12104
12105 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12106 {
12107 /* Format possible error msg. */
12108 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
12109 b->number);
12110 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
12111 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
12112 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12113 }
12114 set_language (save_language);
12115 input_radix = save_input_radix;
12116
12117 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
12118
12119 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12120
12121 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
12122 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
12123 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
12124 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
12125
12126 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
12127 skip_re_set ();
12128 }
12129 \f
12130 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
12131
12132 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
12133 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
12134 void
12135 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
12136 {
12137 if (b->thread != -1)
12138 {
12139 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
12140 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
12141
12142 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
12143 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
12144 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
12145 as well. */
12146 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
12147 }
12148 }
12149
12150 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12151 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12152 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12153
12154 void
12155 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
12156 {
12157 struct breakpoint *b;
12158
12159 if (count < 0)
12160 count = 0;
12161
12162 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12163 if (b->number == bptnum)
12164 {
12165 if (is_tracepoint (b))
12166 {
12167 if (from_tty && count != 0)
12168 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
12169 bptnum);
12170 return;
12171 }
12172
12173 b->ignore_count = count;
12174 if (from_tty)
12175 {
12176 if (count == 0)
12177 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
12178 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
12179 bptnum);
12180 else if (count == 1)
12181 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
12182 bptnum);
12183 else
12184 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
12185 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
12186 count, bptnum);
12187 }
12188 breakpoints_changed ();
12189 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12190 return;
12191 }
12192
12193 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
12194 }
12195
12196 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
12197
12198 static void
12199 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12200 {
12201 char *p = args;
12202 int num;
12203
12204 if (p == 0)
12205 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
12206
12207 num = get_number (&p);
12208 if (num == 0)
12209 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
12210 if (*p == 0)
12211 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
12212
12213 set_ignore_count (num,
12214 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
12215 from_tty);
12216 if (from_tty)
12217 printf_filtered ("\n");
12218 }
12219 \f
12220 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
12221 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
12222
12223 static void
12224 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12225 void *),
12226 void *data)
12227 {
12228 int num;
12229 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
12230 int match;
12231 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
12232
12233 if (args == 0)
12234 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
12235
12236 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
12237
12238 while (!state.finished)
12239 {
12240 char *p = state.string;
12241
12242 match = 0;
12243
12244 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
12245 if (num == 0)
12246 {
12247 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
12248 }
12249 else
12250 {
12251 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
12252 if (b->number == num)
12253 {
12254 match = 1;
12255 function (b, data);
12256 break;
12257 }
12258 if (match == 0)
12259 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
12260 }
12261 }
12262 }
12263
12264 static struct bp_location *
12265 find_location_by_number (char *number)
12266 {
12267 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
12268 char *p1;
12269 int bp_num;
12270 int loc_num;
12271 struct breakpoint *b;
12272 struct bp_location *loc;
12273
12274 *dot = '\0';
12275
12276 p1 = number;
12277 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
12278 if (bp_num == 0)
12279 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12280
12281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12282 if (b->number == bp_num)
12283 {
12284 break;
12285 }
12286
12287 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
12288 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
12289
12290 p1 = dot+1;
12291 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
12292 if (loc_num == 0)
12293 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
12294
12295 --loc_num;
12296 loc = b->loc;
12297 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
12298 ;
12299 if (!loc)
12300 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
12301
12302 return loc;
12303 }
12304
12305
12306 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
12307 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
12308 which ends with a period (no newline). */
12309
12310 void
12311 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12312 {
12313 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
12314 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
12315 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
12316 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12317 return;
12318
12319 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
12320 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
12321 return;
12322
12323 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
12324
12325 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12326 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12327 {
12328 struct bp_location *location;
12329
12330 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12331 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
12332 }
12333
12334 update_global_location_list (0);
12335
12336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12337 }
12338
12339 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
12340
12341 static void
12342 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12343 {
12344 disable_breakpoint (b);
12345 }
12346
12347 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12348 disable_breakpoint. */
12349
12350 static void
12351 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12352 {
12353 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12354 }
12355
12356 static void
12357 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12358 {
12359 if (args == 0)
12360 {
12361 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12362
12363 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12364 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12365 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
12366 }
12367 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12368 {
12369 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12370 if (loc)
12371 {
12372 loc->enabled = 0;
12373 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12374 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12375 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12376 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
12377 }
12378 update_global_location_list (0);
12379 }
12380 else
12381 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
12382 }
12383
12384 static void
12385 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
12386 {
12387 int target_resources_ok;
12388
12389 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12390 {
12391 int i;
12392 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
12393 target_resources_ok =
12394 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
12395 i + 1, 0);
12396 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
12397 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
12398 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
12399 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
12400 }
12401
12402 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
12403 {
12404 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
12405 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
12406 struct gdb_exception e;
12407
12408 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
12409 {
12410 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12411
12412 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
12413 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12414 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
12415 }
12416 if (e.reason < 0)
12417 {
12418 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
12419 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
12420 bpt->number);
12421 return;
12422 }
12423 }
12424
12425 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12426 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
12427
12428 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12429 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
12430 {
12431 struct bp_location *location;
12432
12433 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
12434 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
12435 }
12436
12437 bpt->disposition = disposition;
12438 update_global_location_list (1);
12439 breakpoints_changed ();
12440
12441 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
12442 }
12443
12444
12445 void
12446 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12447 {
12448 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition);
12449 }
12450
12451 static void
12452 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12453 {
12454 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12455 }
12456
12457 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12458 enable_breakpoint. */
12459
12460 static void
12461 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12462 {
12463 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12464 }
12465
12466 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
12467 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
12468 in stopping the inferior. */
12469
12470 static void
12471 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12472 {
12473 if (args == 0)
12474 {
12475 struct breakpoint *bpt;
12476
12477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
12478 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
12479 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
12480 }
12481 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
12482 {
12483 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
12484 if (loc)
12485 {
12486 loc->enabled = 1;
12487 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
12488 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
12489 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
12490 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
12491 }
12492 update_global_location_list (1);
12493 }
12494 else
12495 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
12496 }
12497
12498 static void
12499 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
12500 {
12501 enum bpdisp disp = *(enum bpdisp *) arg;
12502
12503 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp);
12504 }
12505
12506 static void
12507 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12508 {
12509 enum bpdisp disp = disp_disable;
12510
12511 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12512 }
12513
12514 static void
12515 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12516 {
12517 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
12518 }
12519
12520 static void
12521 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
12522 {
12523 enum bpdisp disp = disp_del;
12524
12525 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
12526 }
12527
12528 static void
12529 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
12530 {
12531 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12532 }
12533 \f
12534 static void
12535 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12536 {
12537 }
12538
12539 static void
12540 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
12541 {
12542 }
12543
12544 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
12545 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12546 GDB itself. */
12547
12548 static void
12549 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
12550 const bfd_byte *data)
12551 {
12552 struct breakpoint *bp;
12553
12554 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12555 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
12556 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12557 {
12558 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
12559
12560 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
12561 {
12562 struct bp_location *loc;
12563
12564 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
12565 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12566 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
12567 && addr + len > loc->address)
12568 {
12569 value_free (wp->val);
12570 wp->val = NULL;
12571 wp->val_valid = 0;
12572 }
12573 }
12574 }
12575 }
12576
12577 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
12578 if they aren't valid. */
12579
12580 struct symtabs_and_lines
12581 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
12582 {
12583 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12584
12585 if (string == 0)
12586 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12587 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
12588 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12589 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
12590 get_last_displayed_line (),
12591 NULL);
12592 else
12593 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
12594 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, NULL);
12595 if (*string)
12596 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
12597 return sals;
12598 }
12599
12600 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12601 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12602 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12603 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12604 someday. */
12605
12606 void *
12607 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12608 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
12609 {
12610 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
12611
12612 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
12613
12614 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
12615 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
12616
12617 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
12618 {
12619 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12620 xfree (bp_tgt);
12621 return NULL;
12622 }
12623
12624 return bp_tgt;
12625 }
12626
12627 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12628 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12629
12630 int
12631 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
12632 {
12633 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
12634 int ret;
12635
12636 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
12637 xfree (bp_tgt);
12638
12639 return ret;
12640 }
12641
12642 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12643 stepping. */
12644
12645 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
12646 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
12647
12648 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12649
12650 void
12651 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12652 struct address_space *aspace,
12653 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
12654 {
12655 void **bpt_p;
12656
12657 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
12658 {
12659 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
12660 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
12661 }
12662 else
12663 {
12664 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
12665 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
12666 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
12667 }
12668
12669 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12670 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12671 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12672 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12673 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12674 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12675
12676 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
12677 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
12678 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12679 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
12680 }
12681
12682 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12683 were inserted or not. */
12684
12685 int
12686 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12687 {
12688 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
12689 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
12690 }
12691
12692 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12693
12694 void
12695 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12696 {
12697 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
12698
12699 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12700 call. */
12701 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
12702 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
12703 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
12704 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
12705
12706 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
12707 {
12708 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
12709 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
12710 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
12711 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
12712 }
12713 }
12714
12715 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12716 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12717 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12718 exec. */
12719
12720 void
12721 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12722 {
12723 int i;
12724
12725 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12726 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12727 {
12728 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12729 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
12730 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
12731 }
12732 }
12733
12734 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12735 removing them. */
12736
12737 static void
12738 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12739 {
12740 int i;
12741
12742 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12743 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
12744 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
12745 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
12746 }
12747
12748 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12749 PC. */
12750
12751 static int
12752 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
12753 CORE_ADDR pc)
12754 {
12755 int i;
12756
12757 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
12758 {
12759 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
12760 if (bp_tgt
12761 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
12762 bp_tgt->placed_address,
12763 aspace, pc))
12764 return 1;
12765 }
12766
12767 return 0;
12768 }
12769
12770 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12771 non-zero otherwise. */
12772 static int
12773 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
12774 {
12775 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
12776 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
12777 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
12778 return 1;
12779 else
12780 return 0;
12781 }
12782
12783 int
12784 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12785 {
12786 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
12787
12788 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
12789 }
12790
12791 int
12792 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
12793 {
12794 struct breakpoint *bp;
12795
12796 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
12797 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
12798 {
12799 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
12800
12801 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
12802 {
12803 int i, iter;
12804 for (i = 0;
12805 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
12806 i++)
12807 if (syscall_number == iter)
12808 return 1;
12809 }
12810 else
12811 return 1;
12812 }
12813
12814 return 0;
12815 }
12816
12817 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12818 static char **
12819 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
12820 char *text, char *word)
12821 {
12822 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
12823 char **retlist
12824 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
12825
12826 xfree (list);
12827 return retlist;
12828 }
12829
12830 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12831
12832 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12833 static void
12834 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
12835 {
12836 tracepoint_count = num;
12837 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
12838 }
12839
12840 void
12841 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12842 {
12843 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12844 arg,
12845 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12846 0 /* tempflag */,
12847 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12848 0 /* Ignore count */,
12849 pending_break_support,
12850 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12851 from_tty,
12852 1 /* enabled */,
12853 0 /* internal */))
12854 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12855 }
12856
12857 void
12858 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12859 {
12860 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12861 arg,
12862 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12863 0 /* tempflag */,
12864 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12865 0 /* Ignore count */,
12866 pending_break_support,
12867 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12868 from_tty,
12869 1 /* enabled */,
12870 0 /* internal */))
12871 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12872 }
12873
12874 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12875
12876 void
12877 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12878 {
12879 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12880 arg,
12881 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12882 0 /* tempflag */,
12883 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
12884 0 /* Ignore count */,
12885 pending_break_support,
12886 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12887 from_tty,
12888 1 /* enabled */,
12889 0 /* internal */))
12890 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12891 }
12892
12893 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12894 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12895
12896 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
12897 static int next_cmd;
12898
12899 static char *
12900 read_uploaded_action (void)
12901 {
12902 char *rslt;
12903
12904 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
12905
12906 next_cmd++;
12907
12908 return rslt;
12909 }
12910
12911 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12912 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12913 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12914 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12915 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12916
12917 struct tracepoint *
12918 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
12919 {
12920 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
12921 struct tracepoint *tp;
12922
12923 if (utp->at_string)
12924 addr_str = utp->at_string;
12925 else
12926 {
12927 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12928 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12929 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12930 user. */
12931 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12932 "source location, using raw address"),
12933 utp->number);
12934 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
12935 addr_str = small_buf;
12936 }
12937
12938 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12939 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
12940 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12941 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12942 utp->number);
12943
12944 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12945 addr_str,
12946 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12947 0 /* tempflag */,
12948 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
12949 0 /* Ignore count */,
12950 pending_break_support,
12951 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
12952 0 /* from_tty */,
12953 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
12954 0 /* internal */))
12955 return NULL;
12956
12957 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
12958
12959 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12960 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
12961 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
12962
12963 if (utp->pass > 0)
12964 {
12965 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
12966
12967 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
12968 }
12969
12970 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12971 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12972 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12973 function. */
12974 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
12975 {
12976 struct command_line *cmd_list;
12977
12978 this_utp = utp;
12979 next_cmd = 0;
12980
12981 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
12982
12983 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
12984 }
12985 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
12986 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
12987 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12988 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12989 utp->number);
12990
12991 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
12992 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
12993 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
12994
12995 return tp;
12996 }
12997
12998 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12999 omitted. */
13000
13001 static void
13002 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
13003 {
13004 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13005 int num_printed;
13006
13007 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
13008
13009 if (num_printed == 0)
13010 {
13011 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
13012 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
13013 else
13014 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
13015 }
13016
13017 default_collect_info ();
13018 }
13019
13020 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
13021 Not supported by all targets. */
13022 static void
13023 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13024 {
13025 enable_command (args, from_tty);
13026 }
13027
13028 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
13029 Not supported by all targets. */
13030 static void
13031 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13032 {
13033 disable_command (args, from_tty);
13034 }
13035
13036 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
13037 static void
13038 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13039 {
13040 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13041
13042 dont_repeat ();
13043
13044 if (arg == 0)
13045 {
13046 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13047
13048 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
13049 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
13050 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
13051 argument. */
13052 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13053 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13054 {
13055 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13056 break;
13057 }
13058
13059 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13060 if (!from_tty
13061 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
13062 {
13063 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13064 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
13065 delete_breakpoint (b);
13066 }
13067 }
13068 else
13069 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13070 }
13071
13072 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
13073
13074 static void
13075 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
13076 {
13077 tp->pass_count = count;
13078 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
13079 if (from_tty)
13080 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
13081 tp->base.number, count);
13082 }
13083
13084 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
13085
13086 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
13087 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
13088 Also accepts special argument "all". */
13089
13090 static void
13091 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13092 {
13093 struct tracepoint *t1;
13094 unsigned int count;
13095
13096 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
13097 error (_("passcount command requires an "
13098 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
13099
13100 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
13101
13102 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
13103 args++;
13104
13105 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
13106 {
13107 struct breakpoint *b;
13108
13109 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
13110 if (*args)
13111 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
13112
13113 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13114 {
13115 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13116 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13117 }
13118 }
13119 else if (*args == '\0')
13120 {
13121 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
13122 if (t1)
13123 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13124 }
13125 else
13126 {
13127 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13128
13129 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13130 while (!state.finished)
13131 {
13132 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
13133 if (t1)
13134 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
13135 }
13136 }
13137 }
13138
13139 struct tracepoint *
13140 get_tracepoint (int num)
13141 {
13142 struct breakpoint *t;
13143
13144 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13145 if (t->number == num)
13146 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13147
13148 return NULL;
13149 }
13150
13151 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
13152 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
13153 reconnecting). */
13154
13155 struct tracepoint *
13156 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
13157 {
13158 struct breakpoint *b;
13159
13160 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
13161 {
13162 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13163
13164 if (t->number_on_target == num)
13165 return t;
13166 }
13167
13168 return NULL;
13169 }
13170
13171 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
13172 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
13173 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
13174 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
13175 struct tracepoint *
13176 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
13177 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
13178 int optional_p)
13179 {
13180 extern int tracepoint_count;
13181 struct breakpoint *t;
13182 int tpnum;
13183 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
13184
13185 if (state)
13186 {
13187 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
13188 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
13189 }
13190 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
13191 {
13192 if (optional_p)
13193 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
13194 else
13195 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
13196 }
13197 else
13198 tpnum = get_number (arg);
13199
13200 if (tpnum <= 0)
13201 {
13202 if (instring && *instring)
13203 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
13204 instring);
13205 else
13206 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
13207 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
13208 return NULL;
13209 }
13210
13211 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
13212 if (t->number == tpnum)
13213 {
13214 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
13215 }
13216
13217 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
13218 return NULL;
13219 }
13220
13221 void
13222 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13223 {
13224 if (b->thread != -1)
13225 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
13226
13227 if (b->task != 0)
13228 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
13229
13230 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
13231 }
13232
13233 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
13234 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
13235 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
13236 non-zero. */
13237
13238 static void
13239 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
13240 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
13241 {
13242 struct breakpoint *tp;
13243 int any = 0;
13244 char *pathname;
13245 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13246 struct ui_file *fp;
13247 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
13248
13249 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
13250 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
13251
13252 /* See if we have anything to save. */
13253 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13254 {
13255 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13256 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13257 continue;
13258
13259 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13260 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13261 continue;
13262
13263 any = 1;
13264
13265 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
13266 {
13267 extra_trace_bits = 1;
13268
13269 /* We can stop searching. */
13270 break;
13271 }
13272 }
13273
13274 if (!any)
13275 {
13276 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
13277 return;
13278 }
13279
13280 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
13281 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
13282 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
13283 if (!fp)
13284 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
13285 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
13286 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
13287
13288 if (extra_trace_bits)
13289 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
13290
13291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
13292 {
13293 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
13294 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
13295 continue;
13296
13297 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
13298 if (filter && !filter (tp))
13299 continue;
13300
13301 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
13302
13303 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
13304 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
13305 instead. */
13306
13307 if (tp->cond_string)
13308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
13309
13310 if (tp->ignore_count)
13311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
13312
13313 if (tp->commands)
13314 {
13315 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
13316
13317 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
13318
13319 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
13320 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13321 {
13322 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
13323 }
13324 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
13325
13326 if (ex.reason < 0)
13327 throw_exception (ex);
13328
13329 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
13330 }
13331
13332 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
13333 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
13334
13335 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
13336 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
13337 special, and not user visible. */
13338 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
13339 {
13340 struct bp_location *loc;
13341 int n = 1;
13342
13343 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
13344 if (!loc->enabled)
13345 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
13346 }
13347 }
13348
13349 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
13350 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
13351
13352 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13353 if (from_tty)
13354 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
13355 }
13356
13357 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
13358
13359 static void
13360 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13361 {
13362 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
13363 }
13364
13365 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
13366
13367 static void
13368 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13369 {
13370 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
13371 }
13372
13373 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
13374
13375 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
13376 all_tracepoints (void)
13377 {
13378 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
13379 struct breakpoint *tp;
13380
13381 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
13382 {
13383 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
13384 }
13385
13386 return tp_vec;
13387 }
13388
13389 \f
13390 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
13391 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
13392 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
13393 command. */
13394 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
13395 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
13396 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13397 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
13398 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
13399 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
13400 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
13401 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
13402 \n\
13403 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
13404 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13405 \n\
13406 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13407 conditions are different.\n\
13408 \n\
13409 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
13410
13411 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
13412 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
13413
13414 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
13415 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
13416
13417 void
13418 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
13419 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
13420 struct cmd_list_element *command),
13421 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
13422 char *text, char *word),
13423 void *user_data_catch,
13424 void *user_data_tcatch)
13425 {
13426 struct cmd_list_element *command;
13427
13428 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13429 &catch_cmdlist);
13430 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13431 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
13432 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13433
13434 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
13435 &tcatch_cmdlist);
13436 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
13437 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
13438 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
13439 }
13440
13441 static void
13442 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
13443 {
13444 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
13445 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
13446 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
13447 }
13448
13449 static void
13450 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13451 {
13452 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
13453 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
13454 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
13455 }
13456
13457 struct breakpoint *
13458 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
13459 void *data)
13460 {
13461 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13462
13463 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13464 {
13465 if ((*callback) (b, data))
13466 return b;
13467 }
13468
13469 return NULL;
13470 }
13471
13472 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
13473 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
13474
13475 static int
13476 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
13477 {
13478 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
13479 non-inline function. */
13480 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
13481 return 1;
13482
13483 return 0;
13484 }
13485
13486 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
13487 have been inlined. */
13488
13489 int
13490 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13491 {
13492 struct breakpoint *b;
13493 struct bp_location *bl;
13494
13495 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13496 {
13497 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
13498 continue;
13499
13500 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
13501 {
13502 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
13503 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc))
13504 return 1;
13505 }
13506 }
13507
13508 return 0;
13509 }
13510
13511 void
13512 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
13513 {
13514 static int initialized = 0;
13515
13516 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
13517
13518 if (initialized)
13519 return;
13520 initialized = 1;
13521
13522 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
13523 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
13524 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
13525 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13526 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13527 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13528 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
13529 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
13530 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
13531
13532 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
13533 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13534 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13535 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
13536 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
13537 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
13538 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
13539 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
13540
13541 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
13542 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
13543 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13544 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
13545 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
13546 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
13547 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
13548 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
13549 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
13550 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
13551
13552 /* Internal breakpoints. */
13553 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
13554 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13555 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
13556 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
13557 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
13558 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
13559
13560 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
13561 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
13562 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
13563 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
13564 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
13565 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
13566 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
13567
13568 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
13569 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
13570 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
13571 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
13572 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
13573 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
13574 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
13575
13576 /* Watchpoints. */
13577 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13578 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13579 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
13580 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
13581 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
13582 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
13583 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
13584 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
13585 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
13586 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
13587 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
13588 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
13589 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
13590
13591 /* Masked watchpoints. */
13592 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13593 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
13594 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
13595 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
13596 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
13597 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
13598 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
13599 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
13600 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
13601 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
13602
13603 /* Tracepoints. */
13604 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13605 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13606 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
13607 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
13608 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
13609 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
13610 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
13611
13612 /* Fork catchpoints. */
13613 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
13614 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13615 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
13616 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
13617 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
13618 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
13619 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
13620 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
13621 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
13622
13623 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
13624 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
13625 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13626 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
13627 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
13628 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
13629 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
13630 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
13631 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
13632 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
13633
13634 /* Exec catchpoints. */
13635 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
13636 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13637 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
13638 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
13639 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
13640 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
13641 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
13642 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
13643 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
13644 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
13645
13646 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
13647 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
13648 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
13649 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
13650 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
13651 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
13652 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
13653 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
13654 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
13655 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
13656 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
13657 }
13658
13659 void
13660 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
13661 {
13662 struct cmd_list_element *c;
13663
13664 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
13665
13666 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
13667 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
13668 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
13669
13670 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
13671
13672 breakpoint_chain = 0;
13673 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
13674 before a breakpoint is set. */
13675 breakpoint_count = 0;
13676
13677 tracepoint_count = 0;
13678
13679 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
13680 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
13681 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
13682 if (xdb_commands)
13683 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
13684
13685 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
13686 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
13687 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
13688 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
13689 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
13690 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
13691 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
13692 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
13693
13694 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
13695 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
13696 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
13697 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
13698
13699 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
13700 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
13701 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13702 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
13703 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
13704 \n"
13705 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
13706 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13707
13708 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
13709 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13710 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
13711 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
13712 \n"
13713 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13714 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13715
13716 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
13717 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13718 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13719 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13720 \n"
13721 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13722 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13723
13724 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13725 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13726 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13727 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13728 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13729 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13730 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13731 if (xdb_commands)
13732 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13733 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13734 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13735 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13736 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13737 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13738
13739 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13740
13741 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
13742 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13743 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13744 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13745 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13746 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
13747
13748 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13749 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13750 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13751 &enablebreaklist);
13752
13753 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13754 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13755 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13756 &enablebreaklist);
13757
13758 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
13759 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13760 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13761 &enablelist);
13762
13763 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
13764 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13765 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13766 &enablelist);
13767
13768 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13769 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13770 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13771 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13772 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13773 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
13774 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13775 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
13776 if (xdb_commands)
13777 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
13778 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13779 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13780 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13781 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13782
13783 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
13784 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13785 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13786 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13787 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13788 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13789 &disablelist);
13790
13791 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13792 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13793 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13794 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13795 \n\
13796 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13797 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13798 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
13799 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13800 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
13801 if (xdb_commands)
13802 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
13803 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13804 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13805 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13806
13807 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
13808 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13809 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13810 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13811 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13812 &deletelist);
13813
13814 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
13815 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13816 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13817 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13818 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13819 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13820 \n\
13821 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13822 is executing in.\n\
13823 \n\
13824 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13825 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
13826
13827 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
13828 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13829 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13830 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
13831
13832 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
13833 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
13834 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
13835 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
13836
13837 if (xdb_commands)
13838 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
13839
13840 if (dbx_commands)
13841 {
13842 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
13843 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13844 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
13845 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
13846 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
13847 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
13848 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
13849 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
13850 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13851 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13852 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13853 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13854 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13855 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13856 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13857 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13858 \n\
13859 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13860 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13861 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13862 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13863 breakpoint set."));
13864 }
13865
13866 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
13867 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13868 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13869 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13870 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13871 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13872 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13873 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13874 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13875 \n\
13876 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13877 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13878 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13879 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13880 breakpoint set."));
13881
13882 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13883
13884 if (xdb_commands)
13885 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
13886 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13887 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13888 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13889 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13890 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13891 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13892 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13893 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13894 \n\
13895 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13896 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13897 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13898 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13899 breakpoint set."));
13900
13901 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
13902 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13903 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13904 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13905 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13906 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13907 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13908 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13909 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13910 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13911 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13912 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13913 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13914 \n\
13915 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13916 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13917 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13918 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13919 breakpoint set."),
13920 &maintenanceinfolist);
13921
13922 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
13923 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13924 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
13925 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13926
13927 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
13928 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13929 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
13930 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
13931
13932 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13933 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13934 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13935 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13936 catch_catch_command,
13937 NULL,
13938 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13939 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13940 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13941 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13942 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13943 catch_throw_command,
13944 NULL,
13945 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13946 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13947 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13948 catch_fork_command_1,
13949 NULL,
13950 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
13951 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
13952 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13953 catch_fork_command_1,
13954 NULL,
13955 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
13956 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
13957 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13958 catch_exec_command_1,
13959 NULL,
13960 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13961 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13962 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13963 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13964 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13965 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13966 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13967 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13968 catch_syscall_command_1,
13969 catch_syscall_completer,
13970 CATCH_PERMANENT,
13971 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
13972
13973 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
13974 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13975 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13976 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13977 an expression changes.\n\
13978 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13979 the memory to which it refers."));
13980 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13981
13982 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
13983 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13984 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13985 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13986 an expression is read.\n\
13987 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13988 the memory to which it refers."));
13989 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13990
13991 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
13992 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13993 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13994 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13995 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13996 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13997 the memory to which it refers."));
13998 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
13999
14000 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
14001 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
14002
14003 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
14004 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
14005 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
14006 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
14007 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14008 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
14009 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
14010 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
14011 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
14012 hardware.)"),
14013 NULL,
14014 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
14015 &setlist, &showlist);
14016
14017 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
14018
14019 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
14020
14021 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
14022 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14023 \n"
14024 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
14025 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14026 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14027
14028 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
14029 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14030 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14031 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
14032
14033 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
14034 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
14035 \n"
14036 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
14037 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14038 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14039
14040 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
14041 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
14042 \n\
14043 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
14044 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
14045 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
14046 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
14047 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
14048 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
14049 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
14050 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
14051 the selected stack frame.\n\
14052 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
14053 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
14054 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
14055 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
14056 \n\
14057 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14058 \n\
14059 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14060 conditions are different.\n\
14061 \n\
14062 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
14063 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
14064 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
14065
14066 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
14067 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
14068 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
14069 last tracepoint set."));
14070
14071 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
14072
14073 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
14074 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
14075 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14076 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
14077 &deletelist);
14078
14079 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
14080 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
14081 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14082 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
14083 &disablelist);
14084 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
14085
14086 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
14087 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
14088 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
14089 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
14090 &enablelist);
14091 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
14092
14093 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
14094 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
14095 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
14096 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
14097 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
14098
14099 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
14100 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
14101 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
14102 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
14103
14104 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
14105 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
14106 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
14107 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
14108 session to restore them."),
14109 &save_cmdlist);
14110 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14111
14112 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
14113 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
14114 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
14115 &save_cmdlist);
14116 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
14117
14118 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
14119 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
14120
14121 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14122 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14123 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14124 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14125 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
14126 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
14127 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
14128 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
14129 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
14130 pending breakpoint behavior"),
14131 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
14132 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
14133
14134 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
14135 &pending_break_support, _("\
14136 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14137 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
14138 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
14139 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
14140 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
14141 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
14142 NULL,
14143 show_pending_break_support,
14144 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14145 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14146
14147 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
14148
14149 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
14150 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
14151 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14152 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
14153 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
14154 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
14155 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
14156 NULL,
14157 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
14158 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14159 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14160
14161 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
14162 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
14163 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14164 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
14165 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
14166 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
14167 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
14168 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
14169 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
14170 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
14171 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
14172 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
14173 NULL,
14174 &show_always_inserted_mode,
14175 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
14176 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
14177
14178 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
14179 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
14180 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
14181 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
14182 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
14183 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
14184 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
14185 or the start of the range\n\
14186 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
14187 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
14188 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
14189 \n\
14190 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
14191 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
14192 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
14193
14194 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
14195
14196 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
14197 }
This page took 0.400845 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.